New Zealand Select We make ideas flow
SOLENOID VALVES PROCESS ACTUATION PROCESS VALVES SENSORS
BĂźrkert Select Solenoid valves Ex solenoid valves Proportional valves and control Cable plug Time control from page 4
Pilot solenoid valves for pneumatic NAMUR solenoid valves Ex pilot valves Valve islands
from page 46
Seat valves and diaphragm valves Electrically and pneumatically operated ball valves Control valves with positioners Positioners and process controllers Actuators and position feedback from page 58
Sensors Transmitters and Controllers Mass Flow Meters (MFM) Micro dosing units
from page 102
2
2
0… ……………………………………… Page S020/S030 Fluidic Module…………… 110 S022 Fittings…………………………… 112 0121… …………………………………… 14 0142… …………………………………… 24 0290… …………………………………… 32 0330… …………………………………… 10 0331… …………………………………… 12 0340/0344… …………………………… 34 0406/0407 (Steam)……………………… 26 1… ……………………………………… Page 1061 Airbox… …………………………… 92 1078 Timer… …………………………… 38 2… ……………………………………… Page 2000 (Liquids)… ………………………… 60 2000 (Steam)… ………………………… 62 2002/2006/2106 (3-way)… …………… 68 2030… …………………………………… 72 2031… …………………………………… 74 2100… …………………………………… 64 2101/2012… …………………………… 70 2103… …………………………………… 76 2505/2507/2508 (Cable plugs)… …… 36 2654/2657 Ball valve (manual)… ……… 94 2655/2658 Ball valve (2/2 way)… …… 95 2671 Butterfuly valve (manual)… ……… 98 3… ……………………………………… Page 3232… …………………………………… 78 3233… …………………………………… 80 5… ……………………………………… Page 5282… …………………………………… 22 5404… …………………………………… 28 6… ……………………………………… Page 6011/6012… …………………………… 6 6013/6014… …………………………… 8 6012/6014 Pneumatic pilot… ………… 50 6014 IEC Ex… …………………………… 50 6027… …………………………………… 16 6213 EV…………………………………… 30 6240… …………………………………… 18 6281 EV … ……………………………… 20
6 (continued)… ……………………… Page 6518 … …………………………………… 50 6519 NAMUR …………………………… 49 6519 IEC Ex ……………………………… 50 IEC Ex Select … ………………………… 44
INDEX
Index Type numbers
Other…………………………………… Page Pneumatic valve banks…………………… 52 Pneumatic fittings………………………… 56 Air Preparation TPM……………………… 57 Pt 100 Temperature…………………… 137 8… ……………………………………… Page 8020… ………………………………… 116 8025/8035 Batch controller… ……… 114 8030 (SE30)…………………………… 104 8032 (SE32)…………………………… 106 8035 (SE35)…………………………… 108 8045 Insertion magflow… …………… 118 8051/8055/8056 Fullbore…………… 120 8077/S077… ………………………… 121 8110/8111 Tuning fork… …………… 122 8137/8138 Radar… ………………… 124 8177 Ultrasonic………………………… 126 8202 pH/ORP… ……………………… 128 8222 Conductivity……………………… 129 8228 Conductivity Inductive… ……… 130 8311 Pressure… ……………………… 132 8323 Pressure… ……………………… 134 8400 Temperature… ………………… 136 8605… …………………………………… 40 8611 Universal Controller… ………… 138 8619 MultiCELL… …………………… 139 8792/8793… …………………………… 90 8681… …………………………………… 88 8690/8691… …………………………… 84 8697… …………………………………… 82 8802… …………………………………… 86 8804 (ball valves)………………………… 97 8804 (butterfly valves)………………… 100 8805… …………………………………… 99 8805 (3/2way)… ………………………… 96 8805 (Accessories)… ………………… 101
3
Solenoid Valves
Plunger Operated 2/2-way & 3/2-way Solenoid Valve
Plunger Operated 2/2 Way & 3/2 Way Solenoid Valve
Pivot Operated 2/2-way & 3/2-way Solenoid Valve
3/2-way Solenoid Valve, Flange
2/2 or 3/2-way Solenoid Valve for aggressive medium
2/2-way Compact Solenoid Valve
2/2-way Solenoid Valve in three versions
WATERMARK Solenoid Valve with Servo Diaphragm
2/2-way Servo-Assisted Solenoid Valve with Isolated Pilot
4
2/2-way Solenoid Valve for aggressive media
2/2-way Piston Solenoid Valves for Steam (up to +180 ยบC)
2/2-way Solenoid Valve with servo piston for high pressures
2/2-way Solenoid Valve for liquids and gases
2/2-way hard-coupled Solenoid Valve
3/2-way Solenoid Valve with pivoted armature pilot drive
Cable Plug Accessories
Solenoid Valve Timer Units
Control Electronics for Solenoid Control Valves
Solenoid Valves for Hazardous Locations
Home
5
Plunger Operated 2/2-way & 3/2-way Solenoid Valve
6011/6012
G 1/8” or manifold mounting • Brass or Stainless steel • FKM seal as standard • Slip over coil can be rotated
in 4 x 90 degrees 2 (A)
1 (P)
Direct-acting miniature solenoid valve which is plunger operated for neutral gases, liquids and technical vacuum. Available in standalone or manifold mount versions, there is also an “analysis” version which is manufactured under cleanroom conditions.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
6011
Technical Data Temperature media
-10 ºC to +100 ºC
2507 cable plug Form B not
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Body material
Brass or stainless steel 1.4305
include
Seal material
FKM
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Viscosity
max. 21 mm²/s
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle… Single valve for block mounting on sub-base
100% continuous rating Intermittent 60% (30 min)
Power consumption
DC: 4 W, AC: 9 VA (inrush), 6 VA (hold)
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug Type 2507 Form B Industry standard (not included)
Orifice [mm] 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 1)
Size G 1/8”
Response times1) Opening Closing [ms] [ms] 7-10
10-15
7-12
7-12
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C M Opening: pressure rise 0 to 90%, closing: pressure drop 100 to 10%
A 25
C 50.5
6012 Port is M5 fitting.
C
Options
2507 cable plug Form B not included.
• Analysis version • 2-way version B
6
B 20
A
Size
A
B
C
G 1/8”
20
25
57.1
Ordering Charts Port connection [inch]
Pressure range [bar] DC AC
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Orifice [mm]
Kv Value [m3/h]
1.2
0.045
0 - 12
0 - 21
163 521
–
163 524
1.6
0.06
0-6
0 - 12
163 499
163 500
163 502
163 525
163 526
163 528
163 503
163 504
163 506
163 529
163 530
163 532
161 193
163 507
161 194
163 533
163 534
163 536
163 509
163 510
163 512
163 537
–
–
163 513
163 514
163 516
sub-base G 1/8 sub-base G 1/8 sub-base G 1/8 sub-base
2
0.11
2.4
0 - 4.5
0.13
0-8
0-3
0-6
6011/6012
Brass
Stainless steel 1.6
G 1/8 sub-base G 1/8 sub-base G 1/8
0.06
0-6
0 - 12
2
0.11
0 - 4.5
0-8
2.4
0.13
0-3
0-6
Port connection [inch]
–
–
163 517
163 518
163 520
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Threaded version, brass body without manual override G 1/8 1.2 C normally 1.6 closed
0.045 0.06
0 - 10 0-6
161 904 163 580
163 577 163 581
163 579 163 583
Threaded version, brass body with manual override G 1/8 1.2 C normally 1.6 closed
0.045 0.06
0 - 10 0-6
163 584 163 588
163 585 163 589
163 587 163 591
Circuit function
Circuit function
Orifice [mm]
163 541
Port connection
Orifice [mm]
Kv Value water [m³/h]
Pressure range [bar]1)
Voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Flange
1.2
0.045
0 - 10
1.6
0.06
0-6
024/DC 024/50 230/50 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Item no. Item no. Stainless steel Brass body body without manual without manual override override
Item no. PA body with manual override
Flange version
C normally closed
163 600 163 601 163 603 163 604 163 605 217 634
– – – 163 612 163 613 163 615
161 063 163 616 163 618 163 619 163 620 163 622
1) Pressure values [bar]: Measured as overpressure to the atmospheric pressure
Accessories Material
No. of valve connections
Item no.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
005 312 005 355 005 313 005 314 005 315 005 316 005 893 005 166 005 241 005 819 005 242 005 222
Feature with seal ring, G 1/8” for unused valves
Item no. 005 041
Manifolds
Aluminium anodised
Accessories for manifold Description
Blanking plug Covering plate
Home
005 100
7
Plunger Operated 2/2 Way & 3/2 Way Solenoid Valve
6013/6014
G 1/8” - G 1/4” • Normally close • With threaded body in brass or
stainless steel • Slip over coil can be rotated
in 4 x 90 degrees • FKM seal material with high quality
2 (A)
standard
1 (P)
Direct-acting small solenoid valve which is plunger operated for neutral gases, liquids and technical vacuum. Special versions are also available for use with steam.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Temperature media
-10 ºC to +100 ºC
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
2508 cable plug Form A not
Viscosity
Max. 21 mm²/s
included (see page 32)
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
Single valve 100% ED
Body material
Brass or Stainless steel 1.4305
Seal material
FKM
Coil insulation class
Polyamide Class B (epoxy class H on request)
Power consumption
AC: 24 VA (inrush), 17 VA (hold) DC: 8 W
Protection class
IP65, NEMA4 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 Type 2508 Form A (not included)
Response times1) Opening Closing 1)
6013
Size
20 ms 30 ms
A
B
C
G 1/8”
32.6
35
65.8
G 1/4”
49
35
71.8
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C M Opening: pressure rise 0 to 90%, closing: pressure drop 100 to 10%
Options • • • • • • •
Normally open Impulse version Cable plug with LED and varistor PTFE/graphite seal to 180 °C IECEx version SIL certificate UL / UR / CSA / FM / CSA-EX Div 1/2, Gas Appliance Directive Class A, Group 2 approvals • Oxygen version • Vacuum version
2508 plug not included C
B A
6014
8
Size
A
B
C
G 1/8”
32
35
73.3
G 1/4”
46
35
78.3
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv Value [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar] DC AC
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4
2
0.12
0 - 12
0 - 25
134 237
132 865
134 239
2.5
0.16
0 - 10
0 - 16
134 240
134 241
134 243
3
0.23
0-6
0 - 10
126 091
126 092
126 094
3
0.23
0-6
0 - 10
125 301
125 302
125 304
4
0.3
0 - 1.5
0-4
125 306
125 307
125 309
2
0.12
0 - 12
0 - 25
134 233
134 234
134 236
3
0.23
0-6
0 - 10
126 078
126 079
126 081
3
0.23
0-6
0 - 10
125 317
126 082
126 084
4
0.3
0 - 1.5
0-4
125 318
125 319
125 320
Stainless steel
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4
Circuit function
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Power consumption [W]
024/DC
024/50
230/50
1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0
0.07 0.11 0.11 0.19 0.11
0 - 16 0 - 10 0 - 10 0-6 0 - 10
8 8 8 8 8
126 154 125 367 125 333 125 341 126 161
126 155 125 368 125 334 125 340 126 162
125 366 125 370 125 336 125 342 125 383
G 1/8”
1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
0.07 0.07 0.11 0.11 0.11
0 - 10 0 - 16 0-6 0 - 10 0 - 10
5 8 5 8 8
126 403 126 157 126 407 125 371 125 349
126 404 126 158 126 408 125 372 126 147
126 406 126 160 126 410 125 374 126 149
Port connection
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h] 1)
Pressure range [bar] 2)
Power consumption [W]
024/DC
024/50
230/50
1.5
0.07
0 - 10
5
126 390
126 391
126 393
1.5
0.07
0 - 10
5
126 396
126 397
126 399
Port connection
6013/6014
Brass
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Brass body Without manual override sub-base C 3/2-way
valve normally closed
G 1/8” sub-base
D 3/2-way valve normally open
With manual override sub-base C 3/2-way
valve normally closed
Circuit function
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Polyamide body material Without manual override sub-base C 3/2-way
valve normally closed With manual override sub-base C 3/2-way
valve normally closed 1) Measured at +20 °C, 1 bar2) pressure difference 2) Measured as overpressure to the atmospheric pressure
Features
Item no.
Single manifold 005 020
From aluminium black anodized Multiple manifold Hole spacing A [mm] Total length B [mm] from aluminium 57 65 2 valves 90 98 3 valves 123 131 4 valves 156 164 5 valves 189 197 6 valves 255 263 8 valves 321 329 10 valves Covering plate with plugs and O-ring, for closing off unused valve positions
Home
Hole spacing C [mm] –
005 023
–
005 286
–
005 287
57
005 035
57
005 038
57
005 386
90
005 764 005 630
9
Pivot Operated 2/2-way & 3/2-way Solenoid Valve
0330
G 1/4” • Isolating separating diaphragm design • Handles slightly contaminated fluids
with ease • With lockable manual override • Long life even when running dry • Version for aggressive media with PP &
2 (A)
PVDF bodies
1 (P)
Direct-acting solenoid valve employing Bürkert’s unique pivoted armature. A hermetic isolation is guaranteed against aggressive substances by the flexible diaphragm. Shown is the threaded version in precision moulded engineered polymer. The valve is also available in manifold mount as the Type 0331.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Pressure range Temperature media
0-16 Bar 0°C - +90°C NBR -10°C - +90°C FKM -30°C - +90°C EPDM -30°C - +80°C FKM (PP & PVDF Body) -30°C - +80°C EPDM (PP & PVDF Body) +55°C , Max Brass, stainless steel, PP or PVDF Epoxy DC: 8 W, AC: 30 VA (inrush), 15 VA (hold) IP65 2508 cable plug Form A Lockable manual overide standard
Ambient temperature Body material Coil material Power consumption Protection class Electrical connection Extras
2508 cable plug Form A included
*PP & PVDF
Size
A
B
C
G 1/4”
56
36
104
Response times AC
DC
Orifice [mm]
Opening [ms]
Closing [ms]
Opening [ms]
Closing [ms]
2-4
8-15
8-15
10-20
10-20
2508 cable plug Form A included
Response times [ms]: Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C Opening: pressure build-up 0 to 90%, closing: pressure drop 100 to 10%
Options • • • • • • • •
10
Electrical position feedback Impulse coil Flange version Vacuum version CSA, ATEX and UR accreditation Alternative cable plug 5 W coil IECEx Versions
*Brass & Stainless
Size
A
B
C
G 1/4”
46
34
100
Ordering Chart Kv value [m3/h]
Orifice [mm]
DC
Pressure range [bar] AC
DC
AC
Normally closed (other versions on request) 3 0.25 Polypropylene
0-8
0 - 10
Seal material
G 1/4
PVDF G 1/4
4
0.3
0-4
0-5
5
0.4
0-3
0 - 4.5
3
0.25
0-8
0 - 10
4
0.3
0-4
0-5
5
0.4
0-3
0 - 4.5
Item No. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024V DC
024V AC
230V AC
EPDM FKM EPDM FKM EPDM FKM EPDM FKM EPDM FKM EPDM FKM
067 214 018 410 021 660 062 695 061 321 062 624 019 224 018 188 057 573 023 472 120 184 064 512
022 105 088 496 067 731 043 005 054 261 067 007 122 385 020 286 069 079 059 802 -
062 398 045 653 063 118 063 116 049 969 022 619 086 873 069 006 125 507 087 837 130 117 063 786
Brass G 1/4
3
0.14
0.18
0 - 10
0 - 10
NBR
020 294
086 553
024 902
4
0.17
0.23
0-5
0-5
NBR
025 084
121 765
046 007
Stainless Steel G 1/4
3
0.14
0.18
0 - 10
0 - 10
FKM
020 292
023 984
024 563
4
0.17
0.23
0-5
0-5
FKM
018 276
018 857
020 873
Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m3/h] DC 50 Hz
Normally closed 3 way configuration 2 0.08 Brass 3 0.14 G 1/4
Pressure range Seal Material DC/AC [bar]
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 24/DC 24/50 Hz 230/50Hz
0.11 0.18
0 - 16 0 - 10
NBR NBR
041 103 041 107
042 129 041 108
053 471 041 119
0.08 0.14
0.11 0.14
0-16 0-10
FKM FKM
055 674 052 344
069 020 045 024
066 312 069 334
Normally open 3 way configuration 2 0.08 Brass 3 0.14 G 1/4
0.11 0.18
0 - 16 0 - 10
NBR NBR
056 984 041 139
041 858 041 141
053 472 042 494
0.11 0.14
0-16 0-10
FKM FKM
068 031 045 025
237 630 045 026
049 634 044 827
Stainless Steel G1/4
Stainless Steel G 1/4
Port connection [inch]
2 3
2 3
0.08 0.14
Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m3/h] DC 50 Hz
Pressure range [bar]
0330
Port connection [inch]
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 24/DC 24/50 Hz 230/50Hz
Universal version 3 way configuration Brass valve body
G 1/4
2 3
0.08 0.14
0.11 0.18
0 - 12 0-8
124 922 124 927
138 316 124 928
124 925 124 930
2 3
0.08 0.14
0.11 0.18
0 - 12 0-8
124 932 124 937
124 933 124 938
124 935 124 940
Stainless steel body
G 1/4
Home
11
3/2-way Solenoid Valve, Flange
0331
DN2 and 3 mm • 3-way valve with pivoted armature
2(A)
• For liquid and gaseous medium • Direct-acting and media separated
1(P) 3(R) 4(B)
• Standard with lockable manual override 1(P) 3(R) 2(A)
1(P) 3(R)
Type 0331 is a direct-acting 3/2-way pivoted armature solenoid valve for flange mounting. The magnetic system and the media chamber are separated from one another by a separating diaphragm system. The valve is fast-acting and has a long service life, even in non-lube conditions.
Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for further Details)
Technical data Medium temperature NBR FKM EPDM (on request) Ambient temperature Viscosity Voltage tolerance Duty cycle Manifold mounting Body and seat materials Seal material Coil material Power consumption Protection class Electrical connection
Response times AC Opening/Closing [ms] AC Opening/Closing [ms] 1)
8-15 10-20
Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C Opening: Pressure build-up 0 to 90%, Closing: Pressure drop 100 to 10%
Multiple manifold
12
0 °C to 80 °C 0 °C to 90 °C -30 °C to 90 °C Max. 55 °C Max. 37 mm2/s ±10% Continuous operation 100% ED use reduced ED or 5 W coil Brass (stainless steel 1.4401 on request) NBR, FKM (EPDM on request) Epoxy (class H) AC: 30 VA, DC: 8 W (inrush) AC: 15/8 VA/W, DC: 8 W (hold) IP 65 (with Cable Plug) Tag connector acc. to DIN EN 175301803 Form A (previously DIN 43650) for cable plug Type 2508 (included)
C
A
B
Size
A
B
C
G 1/4”
46
34
100
2508 Cable Plug Form A included
Manifolds
Single manifold
Ordering Chart Kv value [m³/h] 1)
024/DC
024/50
230/50
3/2-way valve, seal material NBR, port P normally closed 2 0.10 Flange
0 - 16
041 183
041 184
055 364
3
0 - 10
041 195
041 198
041 214
0 - 16
041 234
041 235
058 190
0 - 10
041 247
041 248
044 228
0 - 16
124 953
124 954
124 956
0 - 10
124 958
124 959
124 961
0.15
3/2-way valve, seal material NBR, port P normally open 2 0.10 Flange 3
0.15
3/2--way valve, seal material FKM, any flow direction 2 0.10 Flange 3
0.15
0331
Orifice [mm]
Item No. voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Pressure range [bar] 1)
Port connection
1) For DC versions the nominal diameter is reduced by 0.5 mm. 2) Please be aware that the above valves cannot be used for vacuum. The valves are manufactured with different springs. The valves can be applied also in other circuit functions with respect to different pressure rates.
Flange valve manifolds made of anodised aluminium
1 valve
Manifold
Item No. 005 043
2 valves
005 045
3 valves
005 366
4 valves
005 294
5 valves
005 295
6 valves
005 296
7 valves
005 403
8 valves
006 074
Accessories Manifold
Item no. 005 625
Covering plate for unused valve positions
Options • • • • •
Approvals UL, UR, GL, CGA / AGA UL Hazardous Locations Vacuum version Electrical feedback positioner Version without manual override
Home
13
0121
2/2 or 3/2-way Solenoid Valve for aggressive medium
G 3/8” 2 (A)
• Pivoted armature valve with manual
override
1 (P)
• Direct-acting with separating diaphragm
2(A)
• Different circuit functions • Suitable for aggressive medium
1(P) 3(R)
• Body material plastic
2(A) 4(B)
• Threaded connection
1(P)
Type 0121 is a high quality, direct-acting 2/2 or 3/2 pivoted armature solenoid valve that can be used in a wide range of applications for opening, closing, dosing, mixing and distribution. The separation between the magnetic system and the medium chamber consists of an intermediate separating diaphragm system.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
D
Technical Data Orifice
DN4.0-8.0 mm
Body material
PTFE, (PP, PVDF, Stainless steel 1.4401 on request) PVC (resistant acc. DIN 8062, 8061)
Coil material
Epoxy
Coil insulation class
H
Seal material, medium FKM
FKM, FFKM, (EPDM on request) Oxidizing acids and substances, oils, salt solutions, exhaust gas, vacuum Resistant to neutral and aggressive liquids and gases, see Bürkert chemical resistance chart
FFKM
C
Medium temperature Body + seal (Material combination) -10 °C to +50 °C PVC + FKM -10 °C to +90 °C PTFE+ FKM -10 °C to +90 °C PTFE + FFKM Ambient temperature
Max. +50 °C
Viscosity
Max. 37 mm2/s
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle Continuous operation Intermittent operation
A B
100% stainless steel body and for universal current (UC) with PVC body 10% (10 min) with PP-, PTFE- and PVDF body 40% (10 min)
Electrical connection
Cable plug (included) Tag connector acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 Form A Exceptions see Index under Ordering chart
Protection class
IP 65 with cable or cable plug
Installation
as required, preferably with actuator upright
A
B
C
D
65
35
91
46
Options • ATEX version • Optical or electrical position feedback
Power consumption Inrush
Opening
Closing
AC [VA]
UC [W]
AC [VA/W]
UC [W]
DC cold [W]
DC [W]
[ms]
[ms]
30
40
15/8
3
11-12
8
15-20
15-20
Response times [ms]: Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 ºC Opening: Pressure build-up 0 to 90%, Closing: pressure relief 100 to 10%
14
Response times Hold
Circuit function
Port connection [inch]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Orifice [mm]
Pressure range [bar]
Body material Seal material
Valve with plastic body, manual override and cable plug (UC with silicon cable, please see footnote) G 3/8 4 0.3 0 - 2 PVC FKM A 2/2-way
valve normally closed
0 - 4
PVC
0-2
FKM
PTFE
FFKM
0-4 G 3/8
G 3/8
E 3/2-way mixer valve
G 3/8
F 3/2-way distributor valve
G 3/8
6
0.6
8
1
4
6
024/DC
049 654
024/50
048 940
230/50
047 859
024/DC
151 733
024/UC
130 502
PVC
FKM
024/DC
048 749
0 - 2
PVC
FKM
024/50
049 348
230/50
047 810
024/UC
048 697
024/50
052 800
230/50
052 302
024/UC
130 933
230/50
130 934
PVC
0 - 2
0.6
Item no.
0 - 1
0 - 1
0.3
Voltage/ frequency [V/ Hz]
FKM
PTFE
FFKM
0 - 1
PVC
FKM
024/DC
049 533
0 - 2
PVC
FKM
024/50
052 181
230/50
047 916
0121
Ordering Chart
* With 1 m silicone cable
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Top view
Bottom view
5 deep
Body material PTFE and PVC
D
B
E
F
G 3/8”
91
35
65
Possible port configurations Circuit function
1
2
3
A
P
–
A
E
P1
P2
A
F
A
B
P
Home
15
6027
2/2-way Compact Solenoid Valve
G 1/4” - G 1/2” • Direct-acting • Brass and stainless steel body 2 (A)
• FKM seal material with high quality
standard
1 (P)
2 (A)
1 (P)
Type 6027 is a direct-acting solenoid valve used for shut-off, dosing, filling, and ventilation. The push-over solenoid system is of modular design
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
and the coil can be rotated 360°.
Technical Data Medium temperature normally closed normally open
-10 ºC to +140 °C -10 ºC to +100 °C
Ambient temperature
-10 ºC to +55 °C
Viscosity
Max. 21 mm2/s
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
Single valve 100% ED
Body material
Brass or stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Seal material
FKM, (PTFE/FKM and PTFE/graphite for high temperature versions, EPDM on request)
Electrical connection
According to DIN EN 175301-803 Form A for cable plug Type 2508 (not included)
Protection class
IP65 with Cable Plug
2508 cable plug Form A not included
Power consumption Orifice
Inrush AC
[mm] 2.0-12.0
[VA] 105
Hold AC (hot coil) [VA] [W] 37 16
DC (hot/cold coil) [W] 16 / 21
[mm]
2.0-12.0
Response times AC Opening [ms]
10-20
Closing [ms]
20-30
Response times DC Opening [ms]
20-80
Response times [ms]: Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 ºC. Opening: pressure build-up 0 to 90% Closing: Pressure relief 100 to 10%
16
A
B
C
G 1/4”
55
55.5
98.2
G 3/8”
55
55.5
101.2
G 1/2”
59
55.5
103.2
Options
Response times Orifice
Size
Closing [ms]
20-30
• • • •
ATEX approval Higher pressures for gaseous medium to 100 bar Oxygen versions High temperature version up to +180 ºC
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar] DC AC
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Normally closed (other versions on request)
G 1/4
G 3/8 G 1/2
3 4 5 6 8 8 10
Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) 3 G 1/4 4 5 6 G 3/8 8 8 G 1/2 10 12
0.28 0.54 0.73 0.95 1.60 1.60 1.80
0 - 30 0 - 12 0-6 0-3 0-1 0-1 0 - 0.4
0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 10 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2
178 295 178 299 178 303 178 323 178 327 178 335 178 339
178 296 178 300 178 304 178 324 178 328 178 336 178 340
178 297 178 301 178 305 178 325 178 329 178 337 178 341
0.28 0.54 0.73 0.95 1.60 1.60 1.80 2.00
0 - 30 0 - 12 0-6 0-3 0-1 0-1 0 - 0.4 0 - 1.2
0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 10 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2 0 - 0.2
178 239 178 243 178 247 178 267 178 271 178 279 178 283 178 287
178 240 178 244 178 248 178 268 178 272 178 280 178 284 178 288
178 241 178 245 178 249 178 269 178 273 178 281 178 285 178 289
0.28 0.54 0.73 0.73 0.95 1.60 1.60 1.80
0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2
0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2
211 914 208 623 228 491 228 494 228 497 228 500 211 916 210 436
228 487 228 489 228 492 228 495 228 498 228 501 228 503 219 530
228 488 228 490 228 493 228 496 228 499 228 502 228 504 210 438
0.28 0.54 0.73 0.73 0.95 1.60 1.60 1.80 2.00
0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2 0-1
0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2 0 -1
230 243 230 246 230 249 230 252 230 255 230 258 230 261 225 248 210 441
230 244 230 247 230 250 230 253 230 256 230 259 230 262 230 264 230 266
230 245 230 248 230 251 230 254 230 257 230 260 230 263 230 265 210 321
6027
Brass body
Normally open (other versions on request) Brass body
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
3 4 5 5 6 8 8 10
Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) 3 G 1/4 4 5 5 G 3/8 6 8 8 G 1/2 10 12 Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) 3 G 1/4 4 5 5 G 3/8 6 8 8 G 1/2 10 12
Kv value [m3/h] 0.28 0.54 0.73 0.73 0.95 1.60 1.60 1.80 2.00
Pressure range [bar] DC AC 0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2 0-1
0 - 16 0 - 10 0-8 0-8 0-6 0-3 0-3 0-2 0 -1
Home
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50 230 243 230 246 230 249 230 252 230 255 230 258 230 261 225 248 210 441
230 244 230 247 230 250 230 253 230 256 230 259 230 262 230 264 230 266
230 245 230 248 230 251 230 254 230 257 230 260 230 263 230 265 210 321
17
2/2-way Solenoid Valve in three versions
6240
G 1/4”, G 3/8”, G 1/2” • High performance – small size • High pressure version up to 40 bar • High temperature version up to 180 °C • Fast-acting • ATEX version optional
2 (A)
• Without differential pressure switching 1 (P)
Type 6240 is a pilot-controlled solenoid valve with servo-piston and forced valve lifting. The valve opens without differential pressure from zero bar. The special construction makes it possible to use it with dry gaseous mediums with high pressure and steam up to 180 °C.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Port connections
G 1/4”, G 3/8”, G 1/2”
Orifice
DN6.0 mm, DN12.0 mm
Body material
Brass, Stainless steel
Coil material
Epoxy
Coil insulation class
Class H
Internal parts of valve
Brass/Stainless steel, PEEK, PTFE carbon filled, FKM (EPDM on request) 1.4113, 1.4303
Seal material
FKM, PTFE/FKM and PTFE/PEEK for high temperature and high pressure versions (EPDM on request)
A
Medium High temperature version
Neutral gases and liquids, such as e.g. compressed air, water, hydraulic oil Steam and hot medium
Viscosity
Max. 21 mm2/sec
Medium temperature FKM PTFE/PEEK EPDM
-10°C to +140 °C DN6 -40 °C to +180 °C, DN12 -40 °C to +140 °C -30°C to +120 °C (on request)
Ambient temperature
max. 55 °C
G 1/4”
51.0
Operating voltage
24V DC, 24V/50Hz, 230/50Hz (others on request)
G 3/8”
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Electrical connection
Tag connector acc. DIN EN 175 301-803 Form A for cable plug Type 2508 (not included)
Protection class
IP65 with cable plug
Weight
AC 8W, DC 10W (300g); AC 18W, DC 16W (800g)
Installation
As required, preferably with actuator upright
Power consumption Orifice
Coil size [mm]
Inrush AC [VA]
6 6
32 40
32 40
18 23
12
42
105
37
[mm]
Hold AC [VA/W] [W]
B
Body A connection G 1/4” 45.0
Response times
DC (hot/cold coil) [W]
Opening [ms]
[ms]
8 10
10/12 12/14
10-20 10-20
40-50 40-50
18
16/21
20-40
80-100
Response times [ms]: Measured at the outlet with 6 bar inlet pressure at +20 °C Opening: Pressure build-up 0 to 90% Closing: Pressure decrease 100 to 10%
18
C
Closing
B
C
40
67.3
40
67.3
45.0
50
70.3
G 3/8”
51.0
50
70.3
G 1/2”
55.5
55
103.0
(see datasheet for details)
29
10
1
12
K
L
A Body connection G 1/4” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 1/2”
A
A
4,5
F E
45
M 3
H G1/8
6240
18 SW24
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
B
D
M4 Ø 26,8
12 12 12 12 12
40 40 50 50 55
57.3 67.3 57.3 67.3 58.3 70.3 58.3 70.3 89.0 103.0
3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.5
32 40 32 40 42
45.0 51.0 45.0 51.0 55.5
20.5 23.5 20.5 23.5 27.0
18 SW36
B
B D E F M H K L [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Ordering Chart
Standard version, all valves with FKM seal, without cable plug
A 2/2-way valve normally closed
Port connection H G1/8 [inch] 5 M
Orifice [mm]
Kv Value water [m3/h] K
Pressure range [bar] 1) L
Item no. per voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Coil size [mm]
024/DC
024/50
230/50
Medium temperature -10 to +120°C, FKM seal Brass body G 1/4
6
0.6
0 - 16
32
177 800
177 801
177 802
6
0.6
0 - 16
32
177 803
177 804
177 805
Stainless steel body G 1/4 6
0.6
0 - 16
32
177 806
177 807
177 808
0 - 16
42
238 632
238 633
238 634
A
G 1/2 B
12
5
A
G 3/8
E F
Circuit function
2.2
B
M4 Ø41,8
D
High temperature version, all valves with PTFE/PEEK seal, without cable plug Port connecPressure Circuit funcOrifice Kv Value waCoil size tion range tion [mm] ter [m3/h] [mm] [inch] [bar] 1)
024/DC
024/50
230/50
A 2/2-way valve normally closed
Medium temperature -40° to +180°C, PTFE/Graphite seal Stainless steel body G 1/4 6 G 1/2
12
0.6
0 - 16
32
184 739
184 740
184 741
2.2
0 - 16
42
238 638
238 639
238 640
High pressure version, all valves with PTFE/FKM seal, without cable plug Pressure range [bar] 1) Port conKv Circuit funcOrifice nection Value water liquid megaseous tion [mm] [inch] [m3/h] dium medium
A 2/2-way valve normally closed
Item no. per voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Item no. per voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Coil size [mm]
024/DC
024/50
230/50
Medium temperature -10° to +120°C, PTFE/FKM seal Brass body G 1/4
6
0.6
0 - 25
0 - 40
40
184 742
184 743
184 744
G 3/8
6
0.6
0 - 25
0 - 40
40
184 745
184 746
184 747
1) Overpressure to the atmospheric pressure
Home
19
2/2-way Solenoid Valve with Servo Diaphragm
6281 EV
G 1/2” - G 2” • Waterhammer absorbing and low noise • Rugged moulded diaphragm
4 (B)
• Short installation length
1 (P) 2 (A)
1 (P)
Servo-assisted solenoid valve with servo-diaphragm for the control of liquid or gaseous Medium. A pressure difference of 0.5 bar is required for a complete switchover.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Pressure range
0.2-16 bar max.
Temperature media NBR FKM
-10 °C to +80 °C 0 °C to +120 °C (with polyamide coil +90 °C)
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Voltage tolerance
±10 %
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass acc. to DIN EN 50930-6 Stainless steel
Seal material
NBR, FKM, (EPDM on request)
Coil material
Polyamide or Epoxy (Class H)
Power consumption
DC: 8 W, AC: 24 VA (inrush), Circuit function A -14/8 VA (hold) Circuit function B -16/7 VA (hold)
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Tag connector acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 Form A (previously DIN 43650) for cable plug Type 2508 (supplied as standard)
DN
Size
A
B
C
13
G 1/2”
65
42
100.7
20
G 3/4”
80
60
111.7
Response times2)
0.1-4 seconds (depending on orifice and differential pressure)
20
G 1”
80
60
118.7
25
G 1”
95
70
123.2
25
G 1 1/4”
95
70
132.7
40
G 1 1/2”
126
99
151.7
40
G 2”
132
99
162.7
2)
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 ºC. M Opening: pressure build-up 0 to 90%, Closing: Pressure relief 100 to 10%
Options • • • •
20
EPDM version up to +100 ºC with epoxy coil European gas approval, EPDM with KW W270 Brass dezincification Ex-version available
2508 cable plug Form A not included
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50-60 230/50-60
Brass body, Seal material NBR, Polyamide coil, Medium temperature -10 to +80 째C 13 3.8 0.2 - 16 221 844 G 1/2
221 845
221 846
G 3/4
20
8.5
0.2 - 16
221 850
221 851
221 852
G1
25
12
0.2 - 16
221 856
221 857
221 858
G 1 1/4
25
12
0.2 - 16
221 859
221 860
221 861
G 1 1/2
40
30
0.2 - 16
221 862
221 863
221 864
G2
40
30
0.2 - 16
221 865
221 866
221 867
Stainless steel body, Seal material FKM, Epoxy coil, Medium temperature 0 to +120 째C 13 3.8 0.2 - 16 221 989 G 1/2
221 990
221 991
G 3/4
20
8.5
0.2 - 16
221 992
221 993
221 994
G1
20
8.5
0.2 - 16
221 995
221 996
221 997
G1
25
12
0.2 - 16
221 998
221 999
222 000
G 1 1/4
25
12
0.2 - 16
222 001
222 002
222 003
G 1 1/2
40
30
0.2 - 16
222 004
222 005
222 006
G2
40
30
0.2 - 16
222 007
222 008
222 009
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Port connection [inch]
6281 EV
Normally closed (other versions on request)
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Normally open (other versions on request) Brass body, Seal material NBR, Epoxy coil, Medium temperature -10 to +80 째C 13 3.8 0.2 - 16 G 1/2
221 926
221 928
221 929
G 3/4
20
8.5
0.2 - 16
221 934
221 935
221 936
G1
25
12
0.2 - 16
221 940
221 941
221 942
G 1 1/4
25
12
0.2 - 16
221 943
221 944
221 945
G 1 1/2
40
30
0.2 - 16
221 946
221 947
221 948
G2
40
30
0.2 - 16
221 949
221 950
221 951
Stainless steel body, Seal material FKM, Epoxy coil, Medium temperature 0 to +120 째C 13 3.8 0.2 - 16 228 387 G 1/2
228 388
228 389
G 3/4
20
8.5
0.2 - 16
228 390
228 391
228 392
G1
25
12
0.2 - 16
228 393
228 394
228 395
G 1 1/4
25
12
0.2 - 16
228 396
228 397
228 398
G 1 1/2
40
30
0.2 - 16
228 399
228 400
228 401
G2
40
30
0.2 - 16
228 402
228 403
228 404
Home
21
2/2-way Servo-Assisted Solenoid Valve with Isolated Pilot
5282
G 1/2” - G 2” • Unique isolated technology for
slightly contaminated fluids • Independently adjustable
open / close rate • Easily configurable for normally open 2 (A)
• Manual override
1 (P)
Completely unique servo-assisted solenoid valve with isolated pivoted armature pilot. This valve design is much less sensitive to fluid contamina-
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
tion than plunger operated valves and therefore offers many advantages in the process environment. The pilot section can be rotated in the field to make the valve normally open.
Technical Data Pressure range
0.2-10 bar
Temperature media
0 °C to +90 °C
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass acc. to DIN EN 50930-6 or Stainless steel 1.4581
Seal material
NBR, FKM (EPDM on request)
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Power consumption
DC: 8 W, AC: 24 VA (inrush), 14 VA (hold)
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
DN
Size
A
B
C
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Type 2508, Form A (not included)
13
G 1/2”
65
40
123
20
G 3/4”
100
60
131
25
G 1”
115
70
141
32
G 1 1/4”
126
85
147
40
G 1 1/2”
126
85
156
50
2”
164
115
177.5
2508 cable plug Form A not included
To open the full cross-section a pressure difference of 0.5 bar is required. The switching times can be changed by turning the flow control screw (on the cover).
Response times
1)
Opening [s] 0.1-0.8 1)
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C M Opening: pressure rise 0 to 90%, closing: pressure drop 100 to 10%
Options • • • •
Normally open Electrical position feedback Impulse coil Class 1, Div 2 FM & CSA
• Ex-version available
22
Closing [s] 1.0-4.0
Drawing shows brass version
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Seal material
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50-60 230/50-60
Normally closed (other versions on request)
G 1/2
13
4
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 430
134 431
134 433
G 3/4
20
5
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 434
134 435
134 437
G1
25
10
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 438
134 439
134 441
G 1 1/4
32
20
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 442
134 443
134 445
G 1 1/2
40
20
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 446
134 447
134 449
G2
50
40
0.2 - 10
NBR
134 450
134 451
134 453
G 1/2
20
4
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 514
134 515
134 517
G 3/4
20
5
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 518
134 519
134 521
G1
25
10
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 522
134 523
134 525
G 1 1/4
32
20
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 526
134 527
134 529
G 1 1/2
40
20
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 530
134 531
134 533
G2
50
40
0.2 - 10
FKM
134 534
134 535
134 537
5282
Brass
Stainless steel
Home
23
2/2-way Solenoid Valve for aggressive media
0142
Ø 20 - Ø 63 mm, true union • Unique isolated technology for slightly
contaminated fluids • Rugged moulded diaphragm • No metallic internal parts • Pilot control with pivoted armature and
2 (A)
lockable manual override
1 (P)
This valve is specifically designed for aggressive fluids where a chemically compatible solution is required. The pilot operated solenoid valve needs to open and close a minimum differential pressure of 0.5 bar.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
B
Technical Data Pressure range
0.5-6 bar
Temperature media
0 ºC to +50 ºC
Max. Ambient temperature
0 ºC to +40 ºC (PVC), (0 ºC to +55 ºC, PVDF on request)
Valve internal parts
PVDF
Body material
PVC (PVDF on request)
Seal material
EPDM or FKM
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Power consumption
DC: 5 W, AC: 20 VA (inrush), 11 VA (hold)
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Form A (included)
Response times 1) Opening [ms] Closing [ms] 1)
2508 cable plug Form A included
C A
Size [mm]
100 - 800 1000 - 4000
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C acc. to ISO 12238. M Opening: Pressure rise 0 to 90%, Closing: Pressure drop 100 to 10%
Options • • • •
Normally open Electrical position feedback Impulse coil Threaded port connection
• Range of diaphragm seals to suit aggressive media • Cable plug with LED and varistor • CSA certification
A
B
C
15
148
62.5
148
20
154
62.5
148
25
190
85
174.5
40
254
115
212
50
268
115
212
Pressure Temperature chart for PVC and PVDF Pressure [bar] 7 6 PVDF
5 PVC
4 3 2 1 0 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Temperature [°C]
24
Ordering Chart Port connection Ø [mm]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Seal material
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024V DC 024V AC 230V AC
normally closed (other versions on request)
20
15
5
0.5 - 6
EPDM
041 980
050 898
050 929
20
15
5
0.5 - 6
FKM
041 938
050 953
051 012
25
20
6
0.5 - 6
EPDM
042 045
050 908
050 946
25
20
6
0.5 - 6
FKM
042 008
050 954
051 031
32
25
14
0.5 - 6
EPDM
042 047
050 916
050 950
32
25
14
0.5 - 6
FKM
042 079
050 974
051 042
50
40
30
0.5 - 6
EPDM
042 195
067 693
057 528
50
40
30
0.5 - 6
FKM
042 198
067 699
057 526
63
50
36
0.5 - 6
EPDM
042 266
067 705
042 261
63
50
36
0.5 - 6
FKM
042 264
054 887
057 538
Home
0142
PVC Body, true union
25
2/2-way Piston Solenoid Valves for Steam (up to +180 ºC)
0406 / 0407
G 1/2” - G 2” • Type 0406 pilot controlled, 1-12 bar max. • Type 0407 forced coupled, 0-10 bar max. • Fluid temperature to 180 ºC • Wear resistant stainless steel seat
Type 0406
• Most reliable valves for hot neutral fluids
Type 0407
2 (A)
1 (P)
The normally closed solenoid valves is suitable for steam and hot gaseous mediums.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
B
Type 0406 is a pilot operated solenoid valve with servo piston. To fully open a minimum pressure difference of 1 bar is required. Type 0407 is a force lifting solenoid valve with servo piston. The valve opens without differential pressure from zero bar.
Type 0406
Technical Data Pressure range
1-12 bar (Type 0406) 0-10 bar (Type 0407)
Temperature media
Type 0406: -10 ºC to +180 ºC Type 0407: -20 ºC to +180 ºC
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Viscosity
Max. 21 mm²/s
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass with anti-wear stainless valve seat
Seal material
PTFE piston seal, graphite body seal
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Power consumption
Type 0406: AC: 21 VA (inrush), 12 VA (hold) DC: 8 W Type 0407: AC: DN13-40 mm, 100 VA (inrush), 35 VA/14 W (hold) DC: DN13 mm 12 W, DN20-40 mm 14 W, DN50 mm 30 W
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Form A (included)
C A
B
Type 0407
C
Options • • • •
A
Cable plug with LED and varistor UL Listed version with 2509 cable plug UR and CSA approval Flange version in cast iron
2508 cable plug Form A included
26
Size
A
B
G 1/2”
65
40
C - 0407 C - 0406 127
113
G 3/4”
100
60
147
115
G 1”
115
70
157
125
G 1 1/4”
126
85
186
–
G 1 1/2”
126
85
195
–
G 2”
164
115
260
–
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar] DC 50 Hz
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Normally closed (other versions on request)
G 1/2
13
3
1-4
1 - 12
019 310
020 541
021 690
G 3/4
20
5
1-4
1 - 12
021 004
019 818
021 691
G1
25
10
1-4
1 - 12
019 983
021 440
018 643
Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Port connection [inch]
Pressure range [bar] DC 50 Hz
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
0406 / 0407
Type 0406
Normally closed (other versions on request) Type 0407
G 1/2
13
3-Jul
0 - 10
0 - 10
125 542
021 598
021 791
G 3/4
20
5
0 - 10
0 - 10
150 311
022 032
021 880
G1
25
10
0 - 10
0 - 10
174 745
021 620
021 793
G 1 1/4
32
16
0-8
0 - 10
258 322
085 385
085 387
G 1 1/2
40
16
0 - 10
0 - 10
226 757
085 392
085 395
G2
50
36
0 - 10
0 - 10
085 400
–
085 403
Home
27
2/2-way Solenoid Valve with servo piston for high pressures
5404
G 1/2” - G 1” • Unaffected by pressure surges • Piston design for high reliability • Perfect for compressed gases
2 (A)
1 (P)
Servo-assisted solenoid valve with a plunger piloted piston seal. Employ where reliable, stable control of neutral gases at pressure is required. To switch a minimum pressure difference of 1 bar is required.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Temperature media
-10 °C to +90 °C
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass
Seal material
PTFE, PTFE seat seal + NBR (FKM on request)
Coil material
Polyamide
Power consumption
DC: 8 W, AC: 24 VA (inrush), 14 VA (hold)
Insulation class
Coil B (H on request)
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 Type 2508 Form A (not included)
Opening [ms] 20-400 1)
2508 cable plug Form A not included
Response times1) Closing [ms] 100-1500 (depending on orifice and differential pressure)
• • • •
Ordering Chart Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Normally closed (other versions on request) 12 2 G 1/2
28
G 3/4
20
5
G1
25
10
A
B
C
G 1/2”
65
32
96.5
G 3/4”
100
60
109
G 1”
115
70
119
Options
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C M Opening: pressure rise 0 to 90%, closing: pressure drop 100 to 10%
Port connection [inch]
Size
Normally open Cable plug with LED and varistor UL, UR and CSA approvals ATEX approvals
Pressure range [bar] for liquids for gases
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
1 - 50
1 - 50
134 590
134 591
134 593
1 - 25 1 - 25 1 - 25 1 - 25
1 - 32 1 - 40 1 - 32 1 - 40
134 594 – 134 598 –
– 134 595 – 134 599
– 134 597 – 134 601
FLOWave - Type 8098 Flow measurment with SAW technology
Benefits for you: • No parts in contact with the fluid (clean tube) therefore: -No pressuredrop accross the transmitter. -No dead areas allowing for use in hygienic applications. • Wetted parts: Stainless 316L / 1.4435 to Ra < o,4 4µm (max). • Pipe size dn15 to dn50. • Flow rate accuracy: from 10% of FS = ± 0,4% of MV. • Conditions; PN 25 to dn32 (PN16 to dn50) -20ºC to +140ºC. • Measures non-conductive fluids. • Measures bi-directional flow. • Compact, light(3.4kg max) & energy efficient (max5W).
Click for more info.
6213 EV
2/2-way Solenoid Valve for liquids and gases
• Coupled spring diaphragm system
opened • Waterhammer free and low noise • Flow-optimized housing and dia-
phragm geometry for high flow 2 (A)
1 (P)
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Type 6213 EV is a 2/2-way normally closed solenoid valve with a spring coupled diaphragm system. It is universally used for liquids. A minimum differential pressure of 0.5 bar is required for full opening.
Technical Data Orifice
Standard DN10-40 mm
Body material
Brass acc. to DIN EN 50930-6, stainless steel 1.4408 (316)
Inner part of valve Brass body Stainless steel body
Brass, stainless steel and PPS Stainless steel and PPS
Seal material
NBR, FKM, EPDM
Medium NBR FKM EPDM
Neutral fluids, water, hydraulic oil, oil without additives Per-solutions, hot oils with additives Oil and fat-free fluids and gases
B A
C
Ambient temperature Max. +55 °C Medium temperature… -10 °C to +80 °C NBR 0 °C to +90 °C with polyamide coil FKM 0 °C to +120 ºC with epoxy coil -30 °C to +90 °C with polyamide coil EPDM -30 °C to +100 °C with epoxy coil
Dimensions (AC coil, 32mm) DN 10
A 50
B 78.4
C 36
Tag connector acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 Form A (previously DIN 43650) for cable plug Type 2508 (not included)
13
50/55 58/65
78.4 82.9 92.4
44.5
Protection class
IP65 with cable plug
Installation
As required, preferably with actuator upright
20
65 80
Response times1)
0.1-4 seconds (depending on orifice and differential pressure)
Voltages
Standard 024/DC, 024/50, 230/50
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Electrical connection
1)
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C M Opening: pressure build-up 0 to 90% Closing: Pressure drop 100 to 10%
65
Dimensions (AC-coil, 42mm / DC-coil 65mm) DN
A
40
132 126 95
193.3 104.5 182.3 166.3 77
95 132 126 95 95
156.8 193.3 104.5 182.3 166.3 77 156.8
25 40 25
30
96.9 109.4 116.4
B
C
Dimensions (DC-coil, 40mm) DN
A
B
C
10
50
78.4
36
13
50/55 58/65
78.4 82.9 92.8
44.5
20
65 80
97.3 109.8 116.8
65
1) 2)
Power consumption 1) Hold (hot coil) AC [VA/W] DC [W] 14/8 10 (11) 14/8 10 (11)
10 10
Inrush AC [VA] 34 34
13 13 20
36 36 38
14/8 14/8 14/8
20 25 25 40 40
38 150 150 190 190
14/8 37/16 37/16 37/16 37/16
Insulation class coil 2) Seal material Seal material FKM NBR and EPDM H H
B B
10 (11) 10 (11) 10 (11)
H H H
B B B
10 (11) 28 (29) 28 (29) 28 (29) 28 (29)
H H H H H
B H H H H
6213 EV
Orifice DN
Values in brackets applies at coil temperature 20 ºC H Epoxy coil, B Polyamide coil
Ordering Chart Circuit function
Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50
Brass body, NBR Diaphragm, polymide coil, medium temperature -10 to +80 °C G 1/4 10 1.9 0 - 10 A 2/2-way valve G 3/8 10 1.9 0 - 10 normally closed G 1/2 10 1.9 0 - 10 G 1/2 13 3.6 0 - 10 G 3/4 13 3.6 0 - 10 G 3/4 20 8.3 0 - 10 G1 20 8.3 0 - 10
221 674 221 598 221 606 221 602 221 618 221 630 221 634
221 675 221 599 221 607 221 603 221 619 221 631 221 635
221 677 221 601 221 609 221 605 221 621 221 633 221 637
Brass body, NBR Diaphragm, epoxy coil, medium temperature -10 to +80 °C G1 25 11 A 2/2-way valve G 1 1/4 25 11 normally closed G 1 1/2 40 30 G2 40 30
227 533 227 534 227 539 227 541
221 725 221 729 221 750 221 754
221 728 221 732 221 753 221 757
Circuit function
Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Brass body, FKM diaphragm, Epoxy coil, medium temperature 0 to +120 °C G 1/4 10 1.9 A 2/2-way valve G 3/8 10 1.9 normally closed G 1/2 10 1.9 G 1/2 13 3.6 G 3/4 13 3.6 G 3/4 20 8.3 G1 20 8.3 G1 25 11.0 G 1 1/4 25 11.0 G 1 1/2 40 30 G2 40 30
Circuit function
Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10
0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10
Pressure range [bar]
Stainless steel body, FKM diaphragm, epoxy coil, medium temperature 0 to +120 °C G 3/8 10 1.9 0 - 10 A 2/2-way valve G 1/2 13 3.6 0 - 10 normally closed G 3/4 20 8.3 0 - 10 G1 25 11 0 - 10 G 1 1/4 25 11 0 - 10 G 1 1/2 40 30 0 - 10 G2 40 30 0 - 10
Home
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50 221 678 221 610 221 614 221 622 221 626 221 638 221 642 227 537 227 538 227 544 227 545
221 679 221 611 221 615 221 623 221 627 221 639 221 643 221 733 221 737 227 724 227 728
221 681 221 613 221 616 221 625 221 629 221 641 221 645 221 736 221 740 227 726 227 730
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/50 230/50 221 758 221 762 222 122 227 550 227 551 227 557 227 558
221 759 221 763 222 123 228 430 228 433 228 436 228 439
221 761 221 765 222 125 222 143 222 145 222 147 222 149
31
2/2-way hard-coupled Solenoid Valve
0290
G 1/2” - G 2” • Switches without differential pressure • Operates on vacuum • Process proven rugged and
reliable design 2 (A)
1 (P)
One of the ever reliable workhorses of the Bürkert solenoid range this hard-coupled solenoid valve with plunger piloted rugged diaphragm seal is perfect for vacuum, neutral gases and liquids. The high-performance design is available in brass and stainless steel with a range of diaphragm and seal materials.
Medium temperature 1)
NBR FKM EPDM
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass, stainless steel 1.4581
Seal material
NBR, EPDM or FKM
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Protection class
IP65 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Form A (included)
12
2)
-10 °C to +80 °C 0 °C to +120 °C -30 °C to +120 °C
C
Power consumption Inrush Hold AC UC AC [VA] [W] [VA/W] 100 80 25/10
32
B
Response times2) UC [W] 6
20
120
100
32/16
9
25
120
100
32/16
9
32
120
100
32/16
9
40
120
100
32/16
9
50
-
30
-
30
Opening Closing [ms] [ms] 100 700 to to 250 2000
easured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C, M pressure rise 0 to 90%, pressure drop 100 to 10%
Options • • • • • •
included
A
ax. medium temperature for versions with high power electronics (with coding… /UC) M withstands 90 ºC
Orifice [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
2508 cable plug Form A
Technical Data
1)
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
EPDM seals Cable plug with LED and varistor Oxygen version UR/CSA approval KTW approval Flange connection acc. to DIN 2501 (DN25-50 mm)
300 to 1000
700 to 4000
Size
A
B
C
G 1/2”
74.5
70
95.5
G 3/4”
100
70
122
G 1”
115
70
131
G 1 1/4”
126
70
145
G 1 1/2”
126
70
154
G 2”
164
70
211
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water Pressure range [m3/h] [bar]
Seal material
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/50 024/UC/DC 1) 230/50
A 2/2-way valve normally closed
G 1/2
12
1.8
G 3/4
20
G1
0 - 16
EPDM
045 931
049 050
044 816
5
065 033
058 427
045 290
25
10
054 245
057 155
045 291
G 1 1/4
32
16
–
–
085 259
G 1 1/2
40
16
–
–
087 732
G2
50
38
–
–
077 494
G 1/2
12
1.8
043 816
050 294
043 683
G 3/4
20
5
058 766
049 518
045 292
G1
25
10
048 171
053 675
045 293
G 1 1/4
32
16
085 290
085 291
052 513
G 1 1/2
40
16
085 294
085 295
085 297
G2
50
38
–
–
085 301
G 1/2
12
1.8
045 765
048 606
043 553
G 3/4
20
5
066 460
059 910
065 025
G1
25
10
–
018 348
059 901
G 1/2
12
1.8
048 708
049 987
042 888
G 3/4
20
5
065 362
066 381
064 701
G1
25
10
018 121
065 542
066 125
0 - 12
0 - 16
NBR
0 - 12
0290
Brass body
Stainless steel body 0 - 16
0 - 16
EPDM
FKM
1) The coil for UC power supply is provided with an integrated high power electronic. Please check sufficient power supply 2) The valve is provided with a cable plug with integrated rectifier
Home
33
3/2-way Solenoid Valve with pivoted armature pilot drive
0340/0344
G 1/4” - G 1 1/2” • Servo-Piston for large flow rates • Pivoted armature isolated pilot • Manual override as standard 2(A)
• Fast ventilation function
0344
1(P) 3(R) 4(B)
• For technical vacuum
10
• For neutral gasses & low pressures
Servo-assisted 3/2-way normally closed and normally open solenoid valve with a pivoted armature and isolating diaphragm. This series encompasses a range of diaphragms, sealing materials and electrical connections. Perfect for pneumatic actuation of very large process valves. For the complete opening and closing a differential pressure of 0.5 bar is required.
12 1(P) 3(R)
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
2508 cable plug Form A
Technical Data Temperature media
included 0 °C to +90 °C
Ambient temperature
+55 ºC, max.
Viscosity
Max. 21 mm²/s
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Duty cycle
100% continuous rating
Body material
Brass
Seal material
NBR
Coil material
Epoxy (Class H)
Power consumption
DC: 8 W, AC: 30 VA (inrush), 15 VA (hold)
Protection class
IP65, NEMA 4 (with cable plug)
Electrical connection
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Form A (included)
Response times [ms] Opening Closing
Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C Pressure build-up 0 to 90% Pressure decay 100 to 10% (see Ordering Chart)
Orifice [mm] 8 12 20 25 40
Response times 1) Opening Closing [ms] [ms] 25 25 30 30 40 40 70 70 120 120
Measured at valve outlet at 6 bar and +20 °C Opening: Pressure rise 0 to 90% Closing: Pressure drop 100 to 10% 1)
Options • • • •
34
Electrical position feedback Impulse coil Range of diaphragm seals to suit difficult media Cable plug with LED and varistor
B C
A
Size
A
B
C
G 1/4”
65
33
154.5
G 1/2”
76
33
179.5
G 3/4”
90
52
215.5
G 1”
110
60
237.5
G 1 1/2”
153
88
274
0340 Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Item no. voltage/frequency [V/Hz] 024/DC 024/AC 230/AC
Orifice [mm]
Kv value water [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
G 1/4
8
0.95
0.5 - 16
041 317
041 318
046 328
G 1/2
12
2.6
0.5 - 16
041 333
041 334
042 277
G 3/4
20
6.6
0.5 - 16
041 354
041 665
055 576
G1
25
10
0.5 - 16
041 537
041 362
041 364
G 1 1/2
40
24
0.5 - 16
042 319
041 365
041 366
G 1/4
8
0.95
0.5 - 16
041 367
041 368
041 371
G 1/2
12
2.6
0.5 - 16
041 374
041 375
055 309
0340/0344
Normally closed
Normally open
0344 Ordering Chart Circuit function
Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
QNn-value air P –> A [l/min]
All valves with manual override, brass body, NBR seal and cable plug G 1/4 8 1030 C 3/2-way valve
normally closed
D 3/2-way valve normally open
Item no. per voltage/frequency [V/Hz]
Pressure range [bar]
024/DC
024/50
230/50
Vacuum to 3
047 383
047 787
045 134
G 1/2
12
2800
Vacuum to 3
046 580
047 897
052 076
G 3/4
20
7200
Vacuum to 3
046 833
053 492
046 461
G1
25
11000
Vacuum to 3
043 691
050 367
055 445
G 1 1/2
40
26000
Vacuum to 3
057 829
–
047 853
G 1/4
8
1030
Vacuum to 3
046 986
049 336
046 408
G 1/2
12
2800
Vacuum to 3
046 246
051 354
046 373
G 3/4
20
7200
Vacuum to 3
046 087
057 636
047 616
G1
25
11000
Vacuum to 3
047 873
043 479
041 681
Home
35
Cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301 Form A Type 2508,
2505 / 2507 / 2508
Form B Type 2507 and Rectangular plug Type 2505 0 to 250 V AC Type 2507
• Compact and simple to wire • IP65 / NEMA 4X • Also available with LED indicator • Global Approvals
Type 2508
Type 2505
Type 2505 – Rectangular plug
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Type 2507 - Plug on connector for small valves and sensors. Options include LED, rectifier, suppression diode, and varistor. Modular flexible design allows flexibility in restricted space; watertight connection.
(see datasheet for details)
B
Type 2508 - Plug on connector for solenoid valves and sensors. Options include LED, rectifier, varistor and AS-i versions (2510 / 2511). The flexible design allows 90º installation flexibility.
A C
Technical Data 2505
2507
2508
Body material
POM
Polyamide
Polyamide, Polycarbonate (versions with LED)
Contacts
Brass galvanised silver plated
Brass galvanised silver plated
Brass galvanised silver plated
Flat seal
36
NBR
Cable outlet
straight
2 x 180°
4 x 90°
Cable diameter
see ordering chart
4.5-7 mm
6-7 mm
Temperature range
-40 °C to +90 °C
-40 °C to +90 °C
+90 °C
Max. ambient temperature
+90 °C
+90 °C
+90 °C
Rating
see ordering chart
6A
6A
Nominal voltage
12-24 V
0-250 V
0-250 V
Contact resistance
≤ 4 mΩ
5 mΩ (typ.)
Operating display
Option LED red
Option LED red
Electrical connection
Screw terminal max. 0.75 mm2 with circuitry (max. 1.5 mm2 without circuitry)
Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Type
A
B
C
2505
7
10
33
2507
51
20.8
32
2508
46
28
27.5
10
Type 2505
8
7
Type
5,08
Flying leads to the contacts. Note color!
Protection class
IP20
NEMA 4, IP65
NEMA 4, IP65
Number of terminals
2-wire
2-pins + protective earth conductor
Standard: 2-pins + protective earth conductor. Option: 3-pins + protective earth conductor
33
L Length as specified by customer
Ordering Chart Circuitry
Voltage/frequency 0 - 250/AC/DC
Item no. 2507 423 845
Item no. 2508 008 376
With LED
12 to 24 V/AC/DC
423 849
008 360
100 to 120 V/AC/DC
–
008 361
200 to 240 V/AC/DC
423 850
008 362
12 to 24 V/AC/DC
423 851
008 367
100 to 120 V/AC/DC
–
008 368
200 to 240 V/AC/DC
–
008 369
With LED and varistor
Type 2505
Rectangular cable plug
Feature with 3 m PVC oil-resistant cable, cable diameter 4-5 mm, operating temperature -20 to +80 °C, current intensity max. 1.5 A with 300 mm single flying leads, outside diameter 1.4 mm, operating temperature 0 to 55 °C, power max. 3 W with 2 crimp contacts, operating temperature 0 to 55 °C, current intensity max. 2 A
2505 / 2507 / 2508
Standard
Item no. 133 486 644 068 644 067
Ex-Cable gland Ex Approvals
Photo
Description
Brass, nickel-plated, 6-13 mm
Polymide, 7-13 mm
Certification
PTB 04 ATEX 1112 X, IECEx PTB 13.0027X
PTB 13 ATEX 1015 X, IECEx PTB 13.0034X
Identification
II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb, II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db IP68,
II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb, II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db IP68
Home
Item no.
Drawing
773 278
TL L D SW E
29-37 mm 6 mm 20 24 mm 27 mm
TL L D SW E
36-45 mm 10 mm 20 24 mm 28 mm
773 277
37
1078-1 / 1078-2
Solenoid Valve Timer Units
Type 1078-2 and 1077-2
Time interval from 0.5sec to 10hr • Programmable alone or using separate
operating unit • Various switching functions • Safety function with Type 1078-2 Type 1078-1
(Figure Types 1078-2 and 1077-2 mounted on solenoid valve - assembly example)
Type 1078-1 is simply programmed by DIP switches and potentiometers and incorporates four different switching functions. It mounts directly onto Bürkert solenoid valves using the same three prong connection. This unit is perfect for simple tasks like compressor blowdown where reliability is required. Type 1078-2, which has eight different switching functions, is operated by a two button programmer (Type 1077-2) with a small digital display. As changes are only possible via the programmer the unit is safely locked when it is removed. Multiple timers can simply be programmed as the last settings always remain in Type 1077-2.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
A
B
C
90
32.6
42.5
B
A
Technical Data
C
Time range
0.5 s-10 s up to 0.5 h-10 h
Display
LED for power supply voltage and switching status
Adjustment 1078-1
DIP-switches, precision adjustment of response times via potentiometers
Adjustment 1078-2
Two buttons via 1077-2 programmer (not included)
Switching functions
Type 1078-1 A-D Type 1078-2 A-H
Body material
Polyamide
Operating voltages
See ordering chart
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Power consumption
Max. 1.5 W
Ingress protection
IP65 (NEMA4)
Plug connection
Integrated cable plug acc. to DIN EN 175301-803, Form A
Switching load (Imax)
2 A at supply voltage 12 DC. 1.5 A at supply voltage 24-48 V/50-60 Hz and DC
Electrical connection
5-pin terminal strip in housing, cable gland, up to 1.5 mm² wire, cable Ø 6-7 mm, rotatable by 90°
Cable outlet
4 x 90º positioning
Working temperature range
-10 ºC to +60 ºC
Influence of temperature
±5 % of full scale time range
Influence of voltage
±1 % of full scale time range
Resolution (Type 1078-2)
Range up to 199 s - 10 ms Range up to 199 min - 1 s Range up to 99 h - 1 min
Additional functions … (Type 1078-2)
Binary inputs for external triggering
1077-2 Display
4.5 digit 7 segment LCD
1077-2 Adjustment
Two buttons
1077-2 Body material
Polyamide
1077-2 Ingress protection IP65 (with valve)
38
Ordering Chart Description
Operating voltage
Item no.
012 - 024 V DC
060 647
024 - 048 V / 50 - 60 Hz and DC 110-240 V AC
060 621
Timer unit Type 1078-2
012 - 024 V DC
060 648
Timer unit Type 1078-2
024 - 048 V / 50 - 60 Hz and DC
060 629
Type 1078-1
Timer unit Type 1078-1 with standard time range
060 659
Type 1078-2
Operating unit Type 1077-2
Options • Unit for max. time 100 h (option NA15) • 110 -230 V/50-60 Hz
060 638
Type 8905 Online Analysis System
Benefits for you: • Benefits for you: • Low sample water demand, meaning no wasted water. • Minimal training required. • Quick & easy installation. • Low maintenance, operator friendly - simple and easy. • Modular & flexible design - future proof & expandable. • Hot-swap sensor replacement or addition - plug and play. • Easy connection to the customers system: All usual field bus systems available. • Compact - space saving system leaving spare room for other equipment.
Click for more info.
8605
Control Electronics for Solenoid Control Valves
• Microprocessor-controlled electronics • Selectable input signal • Adjustable PWM frequency • Optional RS232 or RS485 interface
The digital control electronics, Type 8605, serves to operate valves in the power range from 40 - 2000 mA. The electronics converts an external standard signal into a pulse-width modulated (PWM) s ignal with which the opening of the valve and hence a fluidic output parameter (e.g. flow rate) can be infinitely varied. An internal current control with the duty cycle factor of the PWM signal as control variable ensures that every value of the input signal, irrespective of the thermal condition of the coil, is unambiguously assigned a given value of the effective coil current. Compared to DC operation of solenoid control valves the PWM operation improves, among others, their sensitivity and hysteresis. A display and operating keys allow the e lectronics to be easily adapted to a particular solenoid control valve and to the concrete c onditions of an application.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] D
Version with plug M12
C B
A
Technical Data Operating voltage
12V DC or 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance
±10%
Residual ripple
<5%
Power consumption
approx. 1 W (without valve)
(see datasheet for details)
A
B
C
D
45
69
41.5
32.4
D
Version with screwed conduit entry (PG)
Output current (valve) Max. 2 A Ambient temperature
–10 °C to 60 °C
Input signal
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V, 0-10 V (configurable)
Input impedance
<200 Ω (with current input) >20 kΩ (with voltage input)
Output signal … for valve control
PWM signal – frequency adjustable from 80 Hz to 6 kHz
Ramp function
Time variable from 0 to 10 s
Version
Cable plug for direct installation (with PG or M12 connection) DIN-rail version (DIN EN 50022)
Protection class
Cable plug – IP65 DIN-rail – IP40
Housing material
Cable plug – Polyamide / PC DIN-rail – Polyamide / PBT
C B
A
A
B
C
D
45
68.5
41.5
32.4
DIN-rail D
C
A B
40
A
B
C
D
96
27
48.3
66
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Cable plug with operating unit Version with screwed conduit entry (PG) Version with screwed conduit entry (PG) approx. 23.5 45
13 32.4
M3
32.4
32.4
M3
32.4
approx. 23.5
8605
45
13
24
M 12 13
45
41.5
41.5
24
41.5
45
41.5
Version with plug M12
M 12 13
Version with plug M12
Cable plug without operating unit Version plug M12 Version plug M12
Version with screwed conduit entry (PG) Version with screwed conduit entry (PG) 24
approx. 23.5
13 M3
32.4
32.4
32.4
M3
32.4
approx. 4523.5
32
32 M12 13
45
13
2445
M12 13
32
32
45
DIN-rail
48,3
66
approx. 3,2
27
96
Home
41
x
x
x
Cable plug with M12-connection
200 - 1000
178 355
x
x
x
x
x
Cable plug with PG-connection
500 - 2000
178 356
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cable plug with M12-connection
500 - 2000
178 357
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cable plug with PG-connection without control unit Cable plug with M12-connection without control unit Cable plug with PG-connection without control unit Cable plug with M12-connection without control unit DIN-rail
200 - 1000
178 358
x
x
x
x
x
200 - 1000
178 359
x
x
x
x
x
500 - 2000
178 360
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
500 - 2000
178 361
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
40 - 220
178 362
x
DIN-rail
200 - 1000
178 363
x
x
x
DIN-rail
500 - 2000
178 364
x
x
x
x x
x
x
6223 12 V DC
x
6223 24 V DC
x
6024 12 V DC
2865, 2875 24 V DC
178 354
6024 24 V DC
2863, 2873 12 V DC
200 - 1000
2836 24 V DC
2863, 2873 24 V DC
Cable plug with PG-connection
x
2865, 2875 12 V DC
Item no.
8605
2861, 2871 12 V DC
Max. coil current [mA]
Version
2861, 2871 24 V DC
Ordering Chart
x x
x
Notes: – With two current ranges possible please choose the lower one – Successor types: – 2861, 2871 with 2822, 2824 – 2863, 2873 with 2833 – 2865, 2875 with 2835 When using the older type please choose the control electronics indicated for the adequate new type.
Accessories Version
42
M12 connector, 4 pins, 5 m cable
Item no. 918 038
Right-angle plug M12, 4 pins
784 301
Control unit for plug on module
667 839
RS232 module for plug on module
667 840
RS485 module for plug on module
667 841
RS232 module for DIN-rail
667 842
RS485 module for DIN-rail
667 843
Cable for RS232/ 485 interface M8 for plug on module
918 718
Cap with screw and seal
670 549
Type 6524/6525 Pneumatic valves for safety functionalities
Applicable for all applications in which safety functionality requirements (performance level C) are necessary to ensure process safety before accidents are possible, e.g: • Stop running machines via emergency stop. • To avoid injuries by hot steam while opening an inspection shaft. Benefits for you: • Compact integration of safety functionalities on valve islands. • Easy and compact implementation of safety functionalities. • Full compatibility with existing valve island program. • 1 valve, 2 functions: 1x for standard operation + 1x for safety function.
Click for more info.
Solenoid Valves for Hazardous Locations
IEC Ex Select
G 1/8 to G 2 1/2 • Valves designed exclusively for
demanding Class 1 environments • Fully Encapsulated Coils
Bürkert’s worldwide certifications allow engineers to employ global HazEx™ standards on every project. With local and international certifications including IEC Ex, FM, CSA and EEx (ATEX) we can supply
Add in a perfect range of intrinsically safe valve technology and you have all the control strategies for HazEx™ locations. This page shows only a small example of the complete range.
valves for your toughest applications.
Technical Data 6013
6281 EV
5282
Pressure range
0-10 bar, max.
0.2-16 bar, max.
0.2-10 bar, max.
0780 0-16 bar, max.
Size range
1/8” and 1/4”
1/2” to 2”
1/2” to 2”
1/4”
Temperature media
-10 ºC – +90 ºC
-10 °C – +90 °C (+80 ºC}
0 °C – +90 °C (+80 ºC}
0 °C – +90 °C
Surface temperature Body material
T4 = 135 °C / 275 °F max. Surface Temperature Brass or Stainless steel
T4 = 135 °C / 275 °F max. Surface Temperature Brass or Stainless steel
T4 = 135 °C / 275 °F max. Surface Temperature Brass or Stainless steel
T4 = 135 °C / 275 °F max. Surface Temperature Brass or Stainless steel
Seal material
FKM
NBR and FKM
FKM and NBR
FKM and NBR
Power consumption
DC: 8 W
DC: 8 W
DC: 8 W
DC: 8 W
Protection class
IP65, NEMA4
IP65
IP65
IP65
Electrical Connection
Cable 3m or junction box
Cable 3m
Cable 3m or junction box
Cable 3m or junction box
Accreditations
Ex m IIC T4 Ex m e IIC T4
Ex ed IIC T5 Ex edm IIC T5
Ex ed IIC T5 Ex edm IIC T5
Override
Optional
II 2G EEx m II T4 PTB 00 ATEX 2129X II 2D IP 65 T 135°C Optional
Manual override as standard
Manual override as standard
Ordering Charts 6013 IEC Ex, normally closed, 2 way Port
Orifice
Kv Value
Pressure range [bar]
Electrical connection
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0
0.12 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.23 0.23 0.30 0.30 0.55 0.55
0-10 0-10 0-8 0-8 0-5 0-5 0-1.2 0-1.2 0-0.4 0-0.4
moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box
Brass body 024V/UC 230/UC 278592 288430 288431 278593 282514 278597 288452 278598 288456
278599 288457
Stainless steel body 024V/UC 230/UC 278584 278585 288437 288438
278586 288448 278590 288453 278604 288459
278591 288455 288460
Note: Refer to page for adapters. 6281 EV, Brass, NBR Seal, 0.2-16 bar Port
Orifice [mm]
Kv value
13 20 25 25 40 40
3.8 8.5 12 12 30 30
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
6281 EV, Stainless Steel, FKM Seal, 0.2-16 bar Port
024/UC 277539 278095 277543 278103 278106 278109
230/UC 277535 278097 277540 278105 278250 278112
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
Accessories Description Ex-Cable Gland Rotating tool
44
Material Brass Nickel Plated Polymide
Cable diameter 6-13mm 7-13mm
Item no. 773278 773277 293488
Orifice [mm]
Kv value
13 20 25 25 40 40
3.8 8.5 12 12 30 30
024/UC 277545 278187 277547 278251 278193 278253
230/UC 277544 278188 277546 278252 278194 278254
IEC Ex Select 5282 IEC Ex, Brass, NBR Seal, 0.2-10 bar Port G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2
Orifice [mm]
Kv value
13 20 25 32 40 50 65
4 5 10 20 20 40 40
5282 IEC Ex, Stainless Steel, FKM Seal, 0.2-16 bar Port
024/UC 138 171 138 174 138 177 138 180 138 183 138 186 138 189
230/UC 138 173 138 176 138 179 138 182 138 185 138 188 138 191
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
Orifice [mm]
Kv value
20 20 25 32 40 50
5 5 10 20 20 40
024/UC 138 228 138 231 138 234 138 237 138 240 138 243
230/UC 138 230 138 233 138 236 138 239 138 242 138 245
0780 IEC Ex, Brass Port
Orifice [mm]
Normally closed, 2 way G 1/4 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4 3 G 1/4 3 Normally closed, 3 way G 1/4 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4 3 G 1/4 3 Normally open, 3 way G 1/4 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4 3 G 1/4 3 Universal, 3 way G 1/4 2 G 1/4 3 G 1/4 3
Kv value
Electrical connection
Brass Body 024/UC 230/UC
0.11 0.11 0.23 0.23
junction box moulded cable (3m) moulded cable (3m) junction box
137 658
-
137 076 137 077
137 078 137 079
0.11 0.11 0.23 0.23
moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box
131 703 139 133 077 495 124 619
120 632 121 251 088 175 125 567
0.11 0.11 0.23 0.23
moulded cable (3m) junction box moulded cable (3m) junction box
138 312 137 719 156 564 131 878
157 291 136 634 141 938
0.11 0.23 0.23
moulded cable (3m) moulded cable (3m) junction box
139 384 139 387
139 386 139 389
Stainless steel body 024/UC 230/UC
079 849 137080 137081
137082 137083
141 697 137 073 135 080
137 074 137 075
142 105 154 670
140 507
139 390 139 393 157 206
139 392 139 395 157 208
Options • 6013 - Normally open; Three way (6014) • 6281 EV - Normally open; Brass body • 5282 - Normally open; Three way (0340)
Home
45
Process Actuation & Networking
Direct Mounting Pilot for BĂźrkert Process Valves
Direct Mounting NAMUR Pneumatic Pilot Valve
Freestanding Pilots for BĂźrkert Process Valves
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 10mm Valves
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 16mm Valves
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 32mm Valves
Intrinsically Safe Ex ia Valve Banks using 10mm Valves
Pneumatic Fittings
Air Preparation TPM
46
Smart Panel Solutions Pneumatics are at the heart of process control systems. Burkert’s Smart Panel, using AirLINE Quick, is the best solution for fast, cost effective, delivery of pneumatic or electropneumatic control cabinets.
What goes into a Burkert Smart Panel?
AirLINE Quick
The AirLINE System integrates high performance solenoid pilot
is IP66 rated. Designed to solve diverse and complex control problems
valves, remote electronic I/O and fieldbus communication into a process actuation and control system.
VALVE ISLANDS POSITIONERS
MASS FLOW CONTROLLERS DISPLAYS
Network interfaces, I/O, buttons, sensors, VSDs, and whatever else you can imagine
Home
47
6012 / 6014 / 0331 Pilot
Direct Mounting Pilot for Bürkert Process Valves
G 1/8” & G 1/4”, 0-16 bar • Simple to connect to valve
and air supply • Low power • Tough and reliable
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Direct-acting 3/2 way normally closed solenoid valves, designed to fit simply and securely to Bürkert process valves.
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data 6012 P
6014 P
Pressure range
0-10 bar, max.
0-10 bar, max.
Temperature media
-10 ºC – +100 ºC
-10 ºC – +100 ºC
Ambient temperature +55 ºC, max.
+55 ºC, max.
Body material
Polyamide
Brass and aluminium
Banjo bolt material
Brass, nickel plated
Brass, nickel plated
Seal material
Banjo screw: NBR Valve: FKM
FKM
Coil material
Epoxy
Polyamide
Power consumption
DC: 4 W, AC: 9 VA (inrush), 6 VA (hold)
DC: 2 W, AC: 11 VA (inrush), 6 VA (hold) or DC: 8 W, AC: 24 VA (inrush), 17 VA (hold)
Protection class
IP65
IP65, NEMA 4
Electrical Connection 2507 cable plug Form B
2507 cable plug Form B not included (see page 32)
2508 cable plug Form A not included (see page 32)
2508 cable plug Form A
Options 6012 P • Normally open (function D) • Cables plug with LED • Cable plug with varistor • 240 V AC on request
6014 P • Normally open (function D) • Cables plug with LED • Cable plug with varistor • Hazardous area approvals
Type 6012 P
0331 P
6012 P
6014 P
Type
A
B
C
6012 P
57
20
69.6
6014 P
54
40
89
• For rugged conditions
Ordering Chart Port (P)
Type 6014 P
Port (A)
Orifice
Qnn [l/min]
Pressure range [bar]
24V DC
24V AC
230V AC
6mm
G 1/8
1.2
48
0-10
552 287
552 288
552 290
6mm
G 1/4
1.2
48
0-10
552 283
552 284
552 286
G 1/8
G 1/8
1.2
48
0-10
552 299
552 300
552 302
G 1/4
G 1/8
1.2
48
0-10
552 295
552 296
552 298
G 1/4
G 1/4
1.2
48
0-10
552 291
552 292
552 294
G 1/4
G 1/4
2.0
120
0-10
424 103
424 104
424 107
Type 0331P for unconditioned pneumatic air/water, extreme ruggedness Port (P) 0331 P
48
Port (A)
Orifice
Kv [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Body
Seal
24V DC
230V AC
G 1/4
G 1/4
2
0.08
0-16
Brass
NBR
041191
041192
G 1/4
G 1/4
3
0.14
0-10
Brass
NBR
041217
041228
Direct Mounting NAMUR Pneumatic Pilot Valve
Shown with optional accessories
NAMUR 6519 Namur 6519 IEC Ex
5/2-3/2-Way, G 1/4-NAMUR, 2-8 bar • 5/2 and 3/2-way functions in
one delivery • Extreme switch reliability
WW H mit Handnotbetätigung 4
• Premium corrosion resistant
construction
2
12 5
1
3
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
The 6519 incorporates a standard NAMUR flange to facilitate an extremely simple direct mounting onto process actuators. Bürkert’s tried and true diaphragm seating design guarantees reliable switching of the valve, even after long shutdown periods. Manufactured from high quality engineered plastics this series can be operated as either a 5/2 or 3/2 way valve in chemically aggressive process conditions.
For plug details please see page 32 and table below. Valves for hazardous areas are supplied with moulded cable or junction box. Ex ia require IS cable plug.
Technical Data Pressure range
2-8 bar
Temperature media
-25 ºC – +60 ºC
(see datasheet for details)
Ambient temperature +60 ºC, max. Manual override
Yes
Body material
Polyamide
Connections
G 1/4 (nickel plated brass) x NAMUR Nickel plated brass or Stainless steel
Orifice
6mm
Cv
0.9
Seal material
PB (NBR and PUR)
Size
A
B
C
Coil material
Polyamide
1/8"
32
35
73.3
Power consumption
2 W (for AC and DC)
1/4"
46
35
79.3
Protection class
NEMA 4 (IP65) (standard
Electrical Connection
See table below
Options
Ordering Chart
• Without manual override
Standard Type
Material
Port (P)
Orifice
Qnn [l/min]
Pressure range [bar]
24V DC
24V AC
230V AC
Cable plug
Brass/Ni
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
131 421
131 422
131 424
Stainless steel
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
131 425
131 426
131 428
IEC Ex Hazardous approved Type
Material
Port (P)
Orifice
Qnn [l/min]
Pressure range [bar]
024V/UC
230V/UC
3m cable Ex m II T5
Brass/Ni
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
278 228
278 239
Stainless steel
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
278 231
278 237
Brass/Ni
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
289 406
289 414
Stainless steel
G 1/4
6.0
900
2-8
2894 07
289 415
Coil resistance [Ohm]
Item No.
Junction box Ex me II T5
IEC Ex ia Intrinsically Safe Body material
Ports
Orifice [mm]
Qnn [l/min]
Brass/Ni Stainless steel
Pressure range [bar]
Switching current
G 1/4 Namur
6.0
G 1/4 Namur
6.0
900
2-8
900
2-8
@ 20ºC
@ 55ºC
29 mA
310
360
147 244
29 mA
310
360
144 482
Accessories Description Ex-Cable Gland Rotating tool
Material
Cable diameter
Item No.
Brass Nickel Plated
6-13mm
773 278
Polymide
7-13mm
773 277 293 488
Home
49
6014 / 6518 / 6519 Pilot Standard, IEC Ex, Ex ia
Freestanding Pilots for Bürkert Process Valves
G 1/8” & G 1/4”, 0-16 bar • Freestanding pilot valves • Options for all purposes including
hazardous area, intrinsically safe • Low power • Tough and reliable
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Direct-acting 3/2 way normally closed and 5/2 way configurable pilot valves, to pilot pneumatic instruments including Bürkert process valves.
(see datasheet for details)
All valves show are 3/2 way normally closed, or 5/2 way. Other functions available. For technical data please see datasheets, on our website.
Options
2508 cable plug Form A (see page 32)
• Without manual override • Other voltages, approvals, functions
Type 6014 Type
A
B
C
6014 1/8
32
35
61.8
6014 1/4
46
35
67.8
See previous page for other Type dimensions
Ordering Chart: standard Ports
Orifice
Qnn [l/min]
Pressure range [bar]
24V DC
24V AC
230V AC
G 1/8
1.5
75
0-16
125 329
125 331
125 332
G 1/8
2.0
120
0-10
125 333
125 334
125 336
G 1/4
2.0
120
0-10
125 348
126 138
126 140
6518 3/2 NC
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
132 457
132 458
132 460
6519 5/2
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
132 465
132 466
132 468
Connection
24V UC
230V UC
6014 3/2 NC
Ordering Chart: hazardous area, IEC Ex 6014 3/2 NC
6518 3/2 NC
6519 5/2
50
Approval
Ports
Orifice
Qnn [l/ min]
Pressure range [bar]
Ex me II T4
G 1/8
2.0
112
0-10
Junction box
288 475
288 566
Ex m II T4
G 1/8
2.0
112
0-10
Moulded cable
278 645
278 646
Ex me II T5
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
Junction box
289 365
289 382
Ex m II T5
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
Moulded cable
278 195
278 201
Ex me II T5
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
Junction box
289 403
289 390
Ex m II T5
G 1/4
8.0
1300
2-8
Moulded cable
278 209
278 213
6014 / 6518 / 6519 Pilot Standard, IEC Ex, Ex ia
Shown in hazardous area options
Ordering Chart: intrinsically safe, IEC Ex ia Body material
Ports
Orifice [mm]
Qnn [l/min]
Pressure range [bar]
Brass
G 1/8
0.9
31
-1 - 10
SS
G 1/8
0.9
31
PA + Brass Ni
G 1/4
8.0
1300
PA + SS
G 1/4
8.0
PA + Brass Ni
G 1/4
PA + SS
G 1/4
Switching current
Coil resistance [Ohm]
Item No.
@ 20ยบC
@ 55ยบC
30mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
146 214
-1 - 10
30mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
147 226
2-8
29mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
147 253
1300
2-8
29mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
145 111
8.0
1300
2-8
29mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
147 252
8.0
1300
2-8
29mA
310 Ohm
360 Ohm
144 484
Cable Plug for Intrinsically Safe Ex I solenoid valves, to DIN EN 175301-803 with blue compression gland and stainless steel screw (series 2508)
438 574
6014 3/2 NC
6518 3/2 NC
6519 5/2
Required Accessory: Cable Plug for Intrinsically Safe Pilot Valves
Home
51
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 10mm Valves
Pneumatic Valve Banks
Each valve 300 litres per minute • With robust Type 6524/6525 valves • Modular configuration for different
valve number • High density banks using ‘dual’ valves • Short delivery time
Valve bank example: 12 x pneumatic valves
Frequently used valve bank configurations for everyday use. Modular system that allows direct design of your ideal
Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
manifold combining 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 way valves as required.
Technical Data
3/2 way NC
5/2 way
6mm push-in
Valve flow rate
10mm push-in Qnn 300 litres per minute, each valve
Pilot pressure
2.5
59
Service connection
37.7
Valve connections
10
35
Type 6525 128.15
Type 6524
Connection possibilities for standard rail EN 50022 – 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15
82
Function of valves
For double acting
37.7
Valve type
For spring return
2.5 - 7 bar Polyamide (PA)
Valve seal material
FKM/NBR
Electrical connection
25.8 32.8
26
33 + (n x 11) n x 11 65.6 + (n x 11)
* Dimensions not valid for threaded bush
Screw terminal or 25-Pin D
Voltage & consumption
55 72.8 75.25
2.1 *
Valve body material
24V DC, 1 Watt
Valve bank example: 12 x pneumatic valves
Options • • • •
Fieldbus network communication Combine different function valves on one manifold Larger valves for higher air flow Accessories including strainers
Banks using 3/2 NC valves for spring return control Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
6 12
Without Hot Swap
No. Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
248040
12
169921
24
Screw term
25-Pin D
132 x 150 x 55
708495
198 x 150 x 55
709562
18
264 x 150 x 55
207100
208663
24
330 x 150 x 55
202871
169920
Banks using 5/2 valves for double acting control
52
Dual 3/2 valve banks
Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
Without Hot Swap Screw term
25-Pin D
6
132 x 150 x 55
182102
176662
12
198 x 150 x 55
189279
708412
18
264 x 150 x 55
239174
214806
24
330 x 150 x 55
181735
182716
Without Hot Swap Screw term
25-Pin D
132 x 150 x 55
92134162
92134164
198 x 150 x 55
92134163
92134165
Each valve 700 litres per minute • With robust Type 6526/6527 valves • High air flow for larger valves & cylinders • Compact and stackable design • Spring return or double acting control
Valve bank example: 12 x pneumatic valves
Frequently used valve bank configurations for everyday use. Modular system that allows direct design of your ideal
Dimensions [mm]
Pneumatic Valve Banks
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 16mm Valves
(see datasheet for details)
manifold combining 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 way valves as required.
Technical Data Valve type Function of valves
For spring return
For double acting
Type 6526
Type 6527
3/2 way
5/2 way
Valve connections
8mm push-in
Service connection Valve flow rate
G 3/8” Qnn 700 litres per minute, each valve
Pilot pressure
2 - 10 bar
Valve body material
Polyamide (PA)
Valve seal material Electrical connection
NBR Screw terminal or 25-Pin D
Voltage & consumption
24V DC, 2 Watt
Banks for spring return control (3/2) Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
4 8
ID Number Screw term
25-Pin D
149 x 173 x 80
92134182
92134187
215 x 173 x 80
92134183
92134188
12
281 x 173 x 80
92134184
92134189
16
347 x 173 x 80
92134185
92134190
24
479 x 173 x 80
92134186
92134191
Valve bank example: 12 x pneumatic valves
Banks for double acting control (5/2) Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
ID Number Screw term
25-Pin D
4
149 x 173 x 80
92134192
92134197
8
215 x 173 x 80
92134193
92134198
Options
12
281 x 173 x 80
92134194
92134199
16
347 x 173 x 80
92134195
92134200
24
479 x 173 x 80
92134196
92134201
• • • •
Fieldbus network communication Combine different function & Sizes on one manifold Feedback versions, 240V AC versions available Accessories including strainers
Home
53
Pneumatic Valve Banks using 32mm Valves
Pneumatic Valve Banks
Each valve 1300 litres per minute • With robust Type 6518/6519 valves • Modular configuration for different
valve number • Control large format valves & pneumatic
devices of all kinds (eg cylinders) • Widely used in mineral processing
Frequently used valve bank configurations for everyday high-flow applications, for large valves and pneumatic devices
Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
59 + (n x 33)
such as cylinders, dampers, etc. Modular system that allows combination of 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 way valves as required.
Function of valves
For spring return
For double acting
Type 6518
Type 6519
3/2 way NC
Valve connections
5/2 way G 1/4
Service connection
Qnn 1,300 litres per minute, each valve
Pilot pressure
2 - 8 bar
Valve body material
1
Polyamide (PA)
Valve seal material Electrical connection
5/3
5/3
5/2
5/2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
NBR/PUR
5
24V DC, 2 Watt 240V AC, 6VA 2 Watt
G 1/2
G 1/8
Options
G 1/4
Fieldbus network communication Combine different function valves on one manifold Larger valves for higher air flow Accessories including strainers
n x 33 87 + (n x 33) 110 + (n x 33) Valve bank example: 4 x pneumatic valves
Banks using 3/2 NC valves for spring return
54
1
Screw terminal or Cable Plug Form A
Voltage & consumption
• • • •
3
G 1/2
Valve flow rate
115
Valve type
182
Technical Data
Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
Cable Plug Connection
Screw terminal
24V DC
230V AC
24V DC
4
242 x 183 x 93
92134202
92134206
92134210
8
374 x 183 x 93
92134203
92134207
92134211
12
506 x 183 x 93
92134204
92134208
92134212
16
638 x 183 x 93
92134205
92134209
92134213
Banks using 5/2 valves for double acting control Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
Cable Plug Connection
Screw terminal
24V DC
230V AC
24V DC
4
242 x 183 x 93
92134214
92134218
92134222
8
374 x 183 x 93
92134215
92134219
92134223
12
506 x 183 x 93
92134216
92134220
92134224
16
638 x 183 x 93
92134217
92134221
92134225
Each valve 300 litres per minute • With Ex ia Type 6526/6527 valves • Certified to Ex ia IIC T6 • Moulded coil assembly • Hot swap versions, even for Ex ia • Spring return or double acting control Valve bank example: 8 x 700 litres/min pneumatic valves
Pneumatic valve banks for pneumatic process actuation in hazardous areas, offering intrinsically safe certification. Built with robust Bürkert pneumatic valves and manifolded in our local Systemhaus for fast turnaround. All certified EX ia IIC T6. See datasheet for dimensions.
Technical Data 10mm valves Valve type Function of valves
• • • •
Fieldbus network communication Combine different function & Sizes on one manifold Feedback versions available Accessories available
16mm valves
32mm valves
For double acting
For spring return
For double acting
For spring return
For double acting
Type 6524
Type 6525
Type 6526
Type 6527
Type 6518
Type 6519
3/2 way NC
5/2 way
3/2 way NC
5/2 way
3/2 way NC
6mm push-in
Service connection Valve flow rate
Options
For spring return
Valve connections
8mm push-in
5/2 way G 1/4
10mm push-in
G 3/8
G 1/2
Qnn 300 litres per minute, each valve
Qnn 700 litres per minute, each valve
Qnn 1,300 litres per minute, each valve
Pilot pressure Valve body material
2.5 - 7 bar
2 - 8 bar
2 - 8 bar
Polyamide (PA)
Polyamide (PA)
Polyamide (PA)
Valve seal material
FKM/NBR
NBR
NBR/PUR
Approval
Ex ia IIC T6
Ex ia IIC T6
Ex ia IIC T6
23mA 510Ω
23mA 475Ω
23mA 475Ω
Min. operational current & coil resistance
EX ia intrinsically safe Pneumatic Valve Banks
Intrinsically Safe Ex ia Valve Banks using 10mm Valves
Banks with 10mm 300 l/min valves Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
Without Hot Swap
With Hot Swap
3/2 Valves for SR control
5/2 Valves for DA control
3/2 Valves for SR control
5/2 Valves for DA control
4
110 x 92 x 55
92134247
92134251
92134253
92134257
8
154 x 92 x 55
92134248
92134252
92134254
92134258
Banks with 16mm 700 l/min valves Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
4 8
ID Number
Banks with 32mm 1,300 l/min valves Number of Valves
Bank Dims. [L x H x D mm]
3/2 Valves for SR control
5/2 Valves for DA control
149 x 173 x 80
92134259
92134263
4
215 x 173 x 80
92134260
92134264
8
Home
ID Number 3/2 Valves for SR control
5/2 Valves for DA control
242 x 157 x 93
92134265
92134269
374 x 157 x 93
92134266
92134270
55
Pneumatic Fittings
Pneumatic Fittings
Complete range of pneumatic fittings available
Pneumatic fittings to suit Bürkert valves and associated tubing is available. Please contact us to find out more about our wider fittings and accessories range.
Description
Technical Data For spring return Body material
Nickel plated brass
Medium
Air
Connection
Push-in
Push-in
Push-in
Push-in
Push-in
Push-in
Ø 8mm
Ø 10mm
Ø 12mm
Ø 4mm
Ø 6mm
Straight Adaptor M5
95511348
95511242
Straight Adaptor G 1/8
95511359
95511245
95511253
Straight Adaptor G 1/4
95511395
95511244
95511246
95511264
95511313
95511721
95511285
95511301
Straight Adaptor G 3/8
95511322
Straight Adaptor G 1/2 Swivel Elbow M5
95511363
95511392
Swivel Elbow G 1/8
95511714
95511277
95511273
Swivel Elbow G 1/4
95511472
95511267
95511260
95511294
95511378
95511304
95511279
95511312
95511793
95511331
Swivel Elbow G 3/8 Swivel Elbow G 1/2 Stem Adaptor M5
95511425
95511292
Stem Adaptor G 1/8
95511297
95511265
95511300
Stem Adaptor G 1/4
95511486
95511249
95511334
95511321
95511371
95511318
95511333
95511351
Stem Adaptor G 3/8
95511389
Stem Adaptor G 1/2
56
Bulkhead Connector
95511433
95511384
95511373
95510431
95511521
Equal Elbow
95511447
95511306
95511347
95511270
95511335
Equal Tee
95511290
95511259
95511368
95511393
95511281
Straight Pipe Connector
95511817
95511485
95511816
95511523
95511362
6mm Stem x Tube reducer
95511716
8mm Stem x Tube reducer
95511715
95511305
10mm Stem x Tube reducer
95511309
95511299
12mm Stem x Tube reducer
95511361
95511342
Female Straight Adaptor G 1/8
95511475
95511355
95511474
Female Straight Adaptor G 1/4
95511503
95511502
95511473
Straight Tube Connector
95511364
95511250
95511289
95511332
95511284
95511367
Air preparation • Modular construction • Compact design • Simple universal mounting • Corrosion-resistant casings
Technical Data
Filter-regulator assemblies to suit Bürkert valve panels condition air, removing moisture and odours from air supply. Conditioned air promotes long actuator service life, deminishing the chance of and associated tubing is available. Please contact us to find out more about our wider fittings and accessories range.
Size 1/4”
1/2”
Air Preparation TPM
Air Preparation TPM
Description
Fluids
Compressed air
Fluid temperature
0 to +50 °C to 10 bar (higher range on request)
Max. input pressure
0 to 10 bar / 0 to 16 bar
Item No.
Semi Autodrain Filter Regulator Kit
92163484
Semi Auto Filter Regulator with Shut-off valve
92182624
Semi Autodrain Filter Regulator Kit
92163485
Semi Auto Filter Regulator with Shut-off valve
92182625
Pneumatic tube Description
Colour
Outer Diameter Ø 8mm
Ø 10mm
Ø 12mm
Standard tube
Black
95511688
Ø 4mm
95511240
Ø 6mm
95511248
95511286
95511280
(polyethylene)
Blue
95511687
95511308
95511430
95511266
95511692
High performance tube
Black
95511697
95511240
95511263
95511247
95511699
(Nylon 12, Rilsan)
Blue
95512267
95512267
95512269
95512270
95512271
Home
57
Process valves
58
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way Angle Valve for Liquids
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Angle Valve for Steam and Gases
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way ELEMENT Angle Valve
3/2-way Globe Valve, pneumatically operated
Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way Globe Valves with Flange connection acc. to DIN EN 1092-1
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
2/2-way Diaphragm Valve, Classic, pneumatically operated, tube valve body
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
Manually Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
Manually Operated 2/2-way Diaphragm Valve
Pneumatic Control Unit with integrated position feedback
Control Tops and Feedback Packages for Pneumatically Actuated Valves
ELEMENT Control Valves
Control head for hygienic process valves
Digital electropneumatic positioner / Process controller
Accessory for pneumatic rotary actuators
Manual Ball Valves 2/2 and 3/2 way stainless steel and PVC
Pneumatically Actuated Ball Valves 2/2 way stainless steel and PVC
Pneumatically Actuated Ball Valves 3/2 way stainless steel and PVC
Electrically Actuated On/Off Ball Valves 2/2 way stainless steel and PVC
Manual Butterfly Valves
Pneumatically Actuated Butterfly Valves
Electrically Actuated Butterfly Valves On/off and modulating control
Accessories for rotary valves, ball and butterfly types
Home
59
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way Angle Valve for Liquids
2000
G 1/2” - G 2 1/2” • Waterhammer-free • High flow rates • Self adjusting double packing
2 (A)
• Optical position indicator is standard
1 (P)
• Rotating power head to orient air 4 (B)
control connections
1 (P)
The angle seat valve consists of a pneumatically actuated piston-drive and a 2-way valve body. Depending on the ambient temperature the drive
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
is available in two different materials, PA and PPS. The self reliable gland packing ensures a good seal. The 2/2-way flow valve body made of bronze or stainless steel precision casting allows high flow rates. These durable and robust valves can be retrofitted with a comprehensive range of accessories for position indication, stroke limitation or manual override.
Technical Data Pressure range
See Ordering Chart
Viscosity
max. 600 mm2/s
Stuffing socket (with silicone grease) PTFE V-Rings with spring compensation Temperature media
-10 ºC to +180 ºC
Ambient temperature for PA-Actuator1) for PPS-Actuator1) Ø 40-80 for PPS-Actuator1) Ø 100-125
-10 ºC to +60 ºC +5 ºC to +140 ºC +5 ºC to +90 ºC, temporary up to +140 ºC
Body material
Gunmetal or stainless steel 316L
Seal material
Size
Actuator
A
B
C
D
PTFE
Actuator material
Polyamide or PPS
G 1/2”
40
65
53
115
139
Control medium
Instrument air at 6 bar
G 1/2”
50
65
64
140
163
Flow direction
Under seat
G 3/4”
50
75
64
144
171
Safe position
Normally closed or normally open
G 3/4”
63
75
80
171
198
Pilot air port
1/4” (Actuator Ø 40 = 1/8”)
G 1”
50
90
64
152
181
G 1”
63
90
80
177
206
G 1”
80
90
101
198
228
G 1 1/4”
63
110
80
183
219
G 1 1/4”
80
110
101
205
240
G 1 1/2”
63
120
80
188
222
G 1 1/2”
100
120
127
260
295
G 1 1/2”
125
120
158
289
324
G 2”
80
150
101
225
270
G 2”
100
150
127
272
317
G 2”
125
150
158
302
347
30
G 2 1/2”
80
185
127
239
296
20 100
G 2 1/2”
125
185
158
317
374
Flow direction
Note: For PA actuators in the sizes 40, 50 and 63, the combination of max. medium temperature and max. ambient temperature is as shown in the following chart 1)
Ambient temperature °C
Temperature diagram 70 60
Ø 50
50 40
Ø 63
Ø 40
120
140
160
180
200
Media temperature °C
Options • • • •
60
Double acting Solenoid pilot valves Vacuum version Feedback switches
• • • • •
Cleaned for oxygen service Seal material NBR, FKM, EPDM GL, SIL approvals Stroke limiter PPS actuator available
Pilot pressure diagram
for normally open and flow direction below seat
12 10 8 6 4 2
DN65/ Ø80
DN50/ Ø80
14 12
2000
14
DN25/ Ø50
Orifice 16
DN40/ Ø80
DN50/ Ø63
DN40/ Ø63
DN20/ Ø40
16
Actuator size
Operating pressure [bar]
Operating pressure [bar]
Orifice
DN32/ Ø63
DN25/ Ø63 DN15/ Ø40
Actuator size
DN15/ Ø50 DN32/ Ø80 DN20/ Ø50
Diagram 2
Diagram 1
10 8 6 4 2
0
0 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8 9 10 Pilot pressure [bar]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8 9 10 Pilot pressure [bar]
Ordering Chart Orifice [mm]
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Item no. Gunmetal body PA actuator
Item no. Cast st. st. body PA actuator
G 1/2
13
G 3/4
20
G1
25
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2
32
40 50 50 63 63 80 80
3.7 4.2 8.5 9 18 18 27
0 - 15 0 - 16 0 - 11 0 - 16 0 - 11 0 - 16 0 - 14
178 608 178 684 178 680 178 666 178 676 186 489 178 699
178 606 178 682 178 678 178 664 178 674 186 488 178 697
G2
50
G 2 1/2
65
100 125 100 125 125
42 42 55 55 90
0 - 12.5 0 - 16 0 - 7.2 0 - 10 0 - 5.2
185 072 186 487 001 134 001 593 001 368
185 073 187 840 001 140 001 601 001 373
3.8 4.2 8.5
0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16
178 601 178 691 178 687
178 603 178 689 178 686
Port connection [inch] Normally closed
40
Normally open
G 1/2
13
G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2
20
40 50 50
25
50
10
0 - 16
178 850
178 848
32
63
25
0 - 16
178 845
178 852
40
63
35
0 - 16
178 864
178 862
50
80
49
0 - 16
001 595
001 603
65
80
77
0 - 16
001 372
001 377
Home
61
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Angle Valve for Steam and Gases
2000
G 1/2” - G 2 1/2” • Flow direction above seat • PPS actuator for hot environments • Optical position indicator is standard • Self adjusting double packing • High flow rates • Rotating power head to orient air control
connections
2 (A)
1 (P)
Bürkert’s classic angle seat valve for steam applications. With this pro duct and its longevity is it world wide dependable. These valves with flow
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
direction above the seat for steam and gas are equipped with maintenance-free gland packing.
Technical Data Pressure range
See Ordering Chart
Temperature media
-10 ºC to +180 ºC
Viscosity
max. 600 mm2/s
Stuffing socket (with silicone grease)
PTFE V-Rings with spring compensation
Ambient temperature max. PA actuator PPS actuator Ø 40-80 PPS actuator Ø 100-125
-10 ºC to +60 ºC +140 ºC +90 °C
Body material
Gunmetal or stainless steel 316L
Seal material
PTFE
Actuator material
Polyamide or PPS
Control medium
Instrument air at 6 bar
Flow direction
Over seat to minimise actuator size
Safe position
Normally closed
Max. pilot pressure Actuator size Ø 40-80 Actuator size Ø 100 Actuator size Ø 100 Actuator size Ø 125
PA and PPS PA PPS PA and PPS
Pilot air port
1/4” (Actuator Ø 40 = 1/8”)
10 bar 10 bar 7 bar 7 bar
Options • • • •
62
Normally open Double acting Solenoid pilot valves Vacuum version
• • • • •
Feedback switches Cleaned for oxygen service Stroke limiter Seal material NBR, FKM, EPDM PPS actuator available.
Flow direction
Size
Actuator
A
B
C
D
G 1/2”
50
65
64
140
163
G 3/4”
40
75
53
120
147
G 3/4”
50
75
64
144
171
G 1”
50
90
64
152
181
G 1”
63
90
80
177
206
G 1 1/4”
63
110
80
183
219
G 1 1/2”
63
120
80
188
222
G 2”
63
150
80
204
249
G 2 1/2”
80
185
101
239
296
G 2 1/2”
100
185
127
287
344
Pilot pressure diagram
for normally closed and flow direction below seat
12 10 8 6 4
DN65/ Ø80
DN50/ Ø80
DN25/ Ø50
14 12
2000
14
DN40/ Ø80
Orifice 16
DN20/ Ø50
DN50/ Ø63
DN65/ Ø100
DN40/ Ø63 DN20/ Ø40
DN15/ Ø40 DN32/ Ø63
16
Actuator size
Operating pressure [bar]
Operating pressure [bar]
Orifice
DN25/ Ø63
Actuator size
DN15/ Ø50
Diagram 2
Diagram 1
10 8 6 4 2
2
0
0 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
7 8 9 10 Pilot pressure [bar]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8 9 10 Pilot pressure [bar]
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice [mm]
Actuator [mm]
Kv Value [m3/h]
Pressure range [bar]
Item no. PA
G 1/2 G 3/4
13
50
4.2
0 - 16
183 939
20
G1
25
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2
32
40 50 50 63 63
7.9 8 14.5 18 25
0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16
186 822 185 356 186 380 178 860 178 855
40
63
35
0 - 16
178 896
50
63
49
0 - 16
001 251
65
80 100
77 90
0 - 14 0 - 15
001 398 130 332
G 1/2 G 3/4
13
50
4.2
0 - 16
186 376
20
G1
25
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2
32
40 50 50 63 63
7.9 8 14.5 18 25
0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16
187 672 185 304 186 729 178 857 178 893
40
63
35
0 - 16
178 895
50
63
49
0 - 16
001 401
65
80 100
77 90
0 - 14 0 - 15
001 402 130 333
Gunmetal body
Stainless steel body
Home
63
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way ELEMENT Angle Valve
2100
G 1/2” - 2” • Perfect for clean applications • Wide range of accessories • Compressed air recycling control
2 (A)
function with ELEMENT Control Tops • Long life
1 (P)
• Silencer included
4 (B)
1 (P)
2100 ELEMENT angle seat valves are designed for unmatched life cycle performance. Shown on this page in a normally closed configuration, with underseat flow for liquids, these valves exhibit live loaded packing with all of the advantages of the ELEMENT platform: Intelligent, Integrated and Beautiful.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] Dimensions shown for threaded version for others please see datasheet
(see datasheet for details)
Pilot air ports for 6/4 mm tubing
Technical Data Pressure range
See Ordering Chart
Viscosity
max. 600 mm²/s
Temperature media
-10 ºC to +185 ºC
Ambient temperature
0 °C to +55 °C (with integrated control) 0 °C to +60 °C (connector hose air supply) 0 °C to +100 °C (threaded piping)
Body material
316L stainless steel
Seal material
PTFE
Actuator material
Actuator PPS Cover stainless steel 1.4561 (316Ti)
Control medium
Instrument air at 6 bar
Flow direction
Flow under seat
Port connection
G-thread, weld end, clamp
Spindle packing
PTFE seal with spring compensation
Safe position
Normally closed, normally open
Options • • • •
64
Double acting Solenoid pilot valves Vacuum version Feedback switches
Port connection
Actuator [mm]
A
B
C
D
G 1/2” G 1/2”
50
65
64.5
158
185
70
65
91
173
201
G 3/4”
50
75
64.5
166
195
G 3/4”
70
75
91
181
211
G 1”
50
90
64.5
172
204
G 1”
70
90
91
187
220
G 1 1/4”
70
110
91
195
235
G 1 1/4”
90
110
120
240
277
G 1 1/2”
70
120
91
197
236
G 1 1/2”
90
120
120
242
278
G 2”
70
150
91
214
262
G 2”
90
150
120
255
301
G 2”
130
150
159
306
351
Pilot pressure diagram, normally open
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
Pilot pressure [bar]
5
6
7
8
9
2100
DN50
DN40
DN32
DN25
DN25
DN20
DN15
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
Operating pressure [bar]
Operating pressure [bar]
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
DN15 DN20
Actuator size 70 mm
Actuator size 50 mm
10
Pilot pressure [bar]
Dimensions angle seat valve Type 2100 [mm] Push-in connector for
X
plastic tube - Ø 6/4 mm or thread G 1/8”
HM
A
G
on request
X
45°
R
D
F
SW E
LM
BM
Orifice [mm] 15 20 25 32 40
50
Actuator size [mm] 50 70 50 70 50 70 70 90 70 90 130 70 90 130
CM
G ØA 64.5 91 64.5 91 64.5 91 91 120 91 120 159 91 120 159
F 19.8 23.3 19.8 23.3 19.8 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3 23.3
G 6.1 8.5 6.1 8.5 6.1 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
R 17.15 30.5 17.15 30.5 17.15 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
Home
HM 158 173 166 181 172 187 195 240 197 242 293 214 255 306
BM CM LM SW D 185 24 65 27 G 1/2 201 195 27 75 34 G 3/4 211 204 29.5 90 41 G1 220 235 36 110 50 G 1 1/4 277 236 35 120 55 G 1 1/2 278 328 262 45 150 70 G2 301 351
E 14 16 18 16 18
24
65
Ordering Chart Port connection [inch]
Orifice Ø [mm]
Kv value [m³/h]
Actuator size [mm]
Minimum pilot pressure [bar]
Max. operating pressure [bar]
Item no.
5 5 10 11 15 18 27 28 38 40 55 62
50 70 50 70 50 70 70 90 70 90 90 130
5.2 -10 5.0 - 10 5.2 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.2 -10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 7
25 25 16 20 9 16 8.5 16 6 16 10 16
213 619 213 620 227 616 213 621 227 617 213 622 213 623 213 624 213 625 213 627 175 108 188 610
50 70 50 70 70
see diagram
16 16 16 16 16
213 637 213 638 213 639 213 640 213 641
2100
Angle seat valve G Thread Normally closed
G 1/2
15
G 3/4
20
G1
25
G 1 1/4
32
G 1 1/2
40
G2
50
Normally open
G 1/2
15
G 3/4
20
G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
25
5 5 10 11 18
32
27
70
16
213 642
40
38
70
16
213 643
50
52
70
16
175 123
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Kv value [m³/h]
Port clamp external Ø [mm]
Minimum pilot pressure [mm]
Max. operating pressure [bar]
Item no.
50 70 50 70 50 70 70
5 5 10 11 15 18 38
25 25 25 25 50.5 50.5 50.5
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
25 25 16 20 9 16 6
187 103 188 806 227 614 188 807 227 615 188 808 188 809
90
40
50.5
5.0
16
188 810
90 130
55 62
64 64
5.0 5.0
10 16
188 811 188 812
15
50 70
5 5
25 25
see diagram
16 16
187 107 188 820
20
50 70 70
10 11 18
25 50.5 50.5
16 16 16
187 108 188 821 188 822
70
38
50.5
16
188 823
70
52
64
16
188 824
Orifice [mm]
Clamp acc. to ASME BPE Normally closed
15 20 25 40 50 Normally open
25 40 50
66
Ordering Chart Orifice [mm]
Kv value [m³/h]
Port connection tube Ø [mm]
Minimum pilot pressure [mm]
Max. operating pressure [bar]
Item no.
50 70 50 70 50 70 70 90 90 130
5 5 10 11 15 18 38 40 55 62
12.7 x 1.65 12.7 x 1.65 19.05 x 1.65 19.05 x 1.65 25.4 x 1.65 25.4 x 1.65 38.1 x 1.65 38.1 x 1.65 50.8 x 1.65 50.8 x 1.65
5.2 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.2 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.2 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 10 5.0 - 7
25 25 16 20 9 16 6 16 10 16
187 077 188 726 227 607 188 727 227 608 188 728 188 729 188 730 188 731 188 732
50 70 50 70 70
5 5 10 11 18
12.7 x 1.65 12.7 x 1.65 19.05 x 1.65 19.05 x 1.65 25.4 x 1.65
see diagram
16 16 16 16 16
187 082 188 740 187 083 188 741 188 742
70
38
38.1 x 1.65
16
188 743
70
52
50.8 x 1.65
16
188 744
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Normally closed
15 20 25 40 50
2100
Weld end acc. To ASME BPE
Normally open
15 20 25 40 50
Home
67
2002/2006/2106
3/2-way Globe Valve, pneumatically operated
G 1/2” - G 2” 3
• Different flow circuit functions and
2
control functions
31 P
• Long life actuator
2
• Optical display as standard in series
1 3 P1 P2
• Rotary actuator aligns the pilot air ports
1 3 2 P
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
standard in PA. On request PPS is available for high ambient temperatures (e.g. external sterilisation) up to 140 °C. High flow rates are attained with the self proven gunmetal body. A reliable self-adjusting packing gland provides high sealing integrity. Various fluidic circuit functions can be obtained by a simple exchange of the pressure and service ports. These maintenance-free and robust valves can be retrofitted with a comprehensive range of accessories for position indication, stroke limitation or manual override.
Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +60 °C
Viscosity
Max. 600 mm2/s
Body material
Gunmetal
Seal material
PTFE
Stuffing socket (with silicone grease) Max. pilot pressure
10 bar, 7 bar with actuator size Ø 125
Control medium
Instrument air at 6 bar
Safe position
Normally closed or normally open
Note: For PA actuators in the sizes 50 and 63, the combination of max. media temperature and max. ambient temperature is as shown in the following chart:
Ambient temperature
Ø 63 50
Ø 50 40 30
68
80
213
49
75
80
213
49
G 1”
90
80
216
52.5
G 1 1/4”
120
153
336
66
G 1 1/2”
120
153
336
66
G 2”
160
153
350
85
180
200
Mediums temperature °C
• • • • • • •
(CFA, flow direction 3 g 2)
12 10 8 6 4 2 0
0
1
2
3
Options
60
160
75
G 3/4”
14
70
140
G 1/2”
16
Ambient temperature °C
120
D
Actuator size Orifice
Operating pressure [bar] at port 3
Polyamide (optional PPS) PTFE V-Rings with spring compensation
100
C
Pilot pressure chart
Actuator material
20
B
DN32/40 Ø80
-10 ºC to +180 ºC
A
Ø63 Ø50 Ø125 Ø63
See Ordering Chart
Temperature media
Connection
DN40/32 Ø125
Technical Data Pressure range
(see datasheet for details)
Pilot air ports 1/4”
DN15/20 DN15/20 DN50 DN25
The externally piloted globe valve consists of a pneumatically operated piston actuator and a 3-way valve body. The drive is manufactured as
Normally open Double acting Solenoid pilot valves Vacuum version Feedback switches Cleaned for oxygen service Stroke limiter
4
5
6 7 8 9 10 Pilot pressure [bar]
Ordering Chart: Classic Gunmetal 2002
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
Body Material
Gunmetal
63
Kv Value [m3/h] 1-2 2-3 9 5.5
Pressure range [bar] 1-2 2-3 0-16 0-16
63
10.5
6.5
0-16
0-16
002301
63
17
10
0-10
0-16
002133
125
38
24
0-14
0-16
002302
125
40
26
0-14
0-16
002303
125
55
37
0-10
0-16
002136
Actuator size [mm]
Item no. 002300
Ordering Chart: Classic Stainless Steel 2006 Port connection [inch]
Body Material
50 63 50
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Actuator size [mm]
Stainless Steel
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
Kv Value [m3/h] 1-2 2-3 7 4.5 8 4.5 9 6.2
Pressure range [bar] 1-2 2-3 0-11 0-16 0-16 0-16 0-11 0-16
Item no.
2002/2006/2106
Port connection [inch]
287191 287192 287193
63 63
11 17
5.6 11
0-16 0-10
0-16 0-16
287194 287195
80 125 80 125 125
32 35 35 35 51
21 24 24 24 35
0-9 0-14 0-9 0-14 0-10
0-16 0-16 0-16 0-16 0-16
287196 287197 287199 287200 287201
Ordering Chart: Element Stainless Steel 2106 Port connection [inch]
Body Material
Actuator size [mm]
Stainless Steel
50 70 50 70 50 70 70 90 70 90 90 130
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
Kv Value [m3/h] 1-2 2-3 7 4.5 9 5.5 9 6.2 9 6.2 17 11 17 11 32 22 35 24 35 24 35 24 51 35 51 35
Home
Pressure range [bar] 1-2 2-3 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 9 11 16 16 8 11 11 16 7 11 12 16 9 8 16 16
Item no. 282698 282701 282702 282704 282705 282706 282707 282708 282711 282712 282715 282716
69
Pneumatically Operated 2/2-way Globe Valves with Flange connection acc. to DIN EN 1092-1
2101 / 2012
DN15-100 mm Type 2101 ELEMENT DN15-50
• Flow direction below seat • Long life
Type 2012 Classic DN65-100
• Flow optimised stainless steel body 316L • Silencer, Type 2101 included 2 (A)
1 (P)
The externally piloted globe valve consists of a pneumatically operated piston actuator and a 2-way angle valve body. Sealing integrity is guar-
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
anteed by the proven self adjusting gland. These maintenance-free and robust valves can be retrofitted with a comprehensive range of accessories for position indication, stroke limitation or manual override.
Dimensions shown for 2101 for exact 2012 dimensions please see datasheet
D
Technical Data Pressure range
see Ordering Chart
Nominal pressure
PN25 (body)
Temperature media
-10 °C to +180 °C (CLASSIC) / +185 °C (ELEMENT)
Ambient temperature Actuator size up to Ø 125 Actuator size Ø 175-225 ELEMENT
C B
CLASSIC
-10 °C to +60 °C -10 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +55 °C (with integrated control) 0 °C to +60 °C (connector hose air supply) -10 °C to +60 °C
Body material
Cast stainless steel 316L
Viscosity
Max. 600 mm2/s
Seal material
PTFE
Size (DN) Actuator
A
B
C
D
Actuator material
PPS and St.st. 316L (ELEMENT), PA (Classic)
15
50
130
95
236
64.5
Control medium
Neutral gases, air
20
50
150
105
242
64.5
Flow direction
Under seat anti water-hammer
Port connection
Flange DIN EN 1092-1
20
70
150
105
256
91
Pilot air port
for ELEMENT connector hose for plastic hose, 6/4 mm for Classic, G 1/4”
25
50
160
115
245
64.5
25
70
160
115
259
91
32
70
180
140
280
91
32
90
180
140
340
120
40
70
200
150
285
91
40
90
200
150
345
120
50
90
230
165
351
120
50
130
230
165
403
159
Options • • • • • • • • • •
70
(see datasheet for details)
Normally open Double acting Solenoid pilot valves Vacuum version Feedback switches High temperature actuator Chemically resistant actuator Stroke limiter JIS and ANSI flanges Type 2101 with threaded air connection for ambient temperature up to +100 °C
A
Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for further details)
DN65-100
1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2"
K
J
ØE
C
All bodies DN Actuator
Ø DF BF Axa
F
Ø
D
H
3”
AF
4”
125 125 125 175 125 175 225 125 175 225
C
ØE
F
H
K
J
86 86 86 130 86 130 155 86 130 155
157 157 157 211 157 211 261 157 211 261
220 225 254 289 264 296 299 274 306 309
397 402 430 491 440 498 494 450 508 504
G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
30 30 30 24 30 24 24 30 24 24
ANSI flange ØDF LF ØBF 127 152 178 178 190 190 190 229 229 229
222 254 276 276 298 298 298 352 352 352
98.6 120.7 139.7 139.7 152.4 152.4 152.4 190.5 190.5 190.5
AF
ØD
17.5 19.1 22.3 22.3 23.9 23.9 23..9 23.9 23.9 23.9
15.7 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
Axa 4x90º 4x90º 4x90º 4x90º 4x90º 4x90º 4x90º 8x45º 8x45º 8x45º
ØM 41 53 63 63 78 78 78 102 102 102
2101 / 2012
Actuator size 125 and 225 mm
LF
Ordering Charts Orifice [mm]
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Minimum pilot pressure [bar]
Max. operating pressure up to +185 ºC [bar]
Item no.
Type 2101 ELEMENT - Flange connection acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 Normally closed
15
50
4.7
4.8 - 10
25
203 076
20
50
8.1
4.8 - 10
16
203 077
70
8.1
4.8 - 10
20
203 078
50
13
4.8 - 10
9
203 079
70
13
4.8 - 10
16
189 700
70
19.5
4.8 - 10
8.5
203 080
90
19.5
5.0 - 10
16
203 081
70
31
4.8 - 10
6
203 082
90
31
4.8 - 10
16
203 083
90
45
4.8 - 10
10
203 084
130
45
5.0 - 7
16
218 418
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Kv value [m3/h]
Pilot pressure [bar]
Max. operating pressure up to +180 ºC [bar]
Item no.
25
32
40
50
Orifice [mm]
Type 2012 CLASSIC - Flange connection acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 Normally closed - PA-actuator
65
80
125
73
5.6-7
12
152 743
175
73
4.5-6
15
152 761
125
110
5.6-7
7.5
155 527
175
110
4.5-6
10
152 779
225
110
3.3-6
12.5
152 797
Home
71
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
2030
DN15-DN50 mm • Use with aggressive media • Streamlined housing • Self-draining with appropriate
2 (A)
mounting position
1 (P)
• Zero dead volume
4 (B)
1 (P)
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Pneumatically actuated, chemically resistant diaphragm valve for on-off control. A wide range of accessories add to the overall safe function of this valve in critical areas while the addition of a control head transforms this to provide accurate modulating control.
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Pressure range
See Ordering Chart
Temperature media
-10 ºC to +60 ºC
Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +60 °C
Viscosity
to viscous
Body material
PVC-U
Seal material
EPDM, PTFE/EPDM (FKM on request)
Actuator material
Polyamide
Control medium
Neutral gases, air
Flow direction
Bidirectional
Control function
Normally closed or normally open
DN 15 20
Options/Accessories • • • • • •
25 32 40
PVDF, PP bodies PPS actuator Double acting actuator Feedback 1062 Stroke limitation FDA/KTW-Approvals
50
Pressure temperature compatibility charts
Betriebsdruck [bar] Operating pressure [bar]
Operating pressure [bar]
72
B 64 80 80 101 101 127 127 153 153
C 123 139 148 173 176 231 239 277 284
DN65-100
10
α
PVC DN65-80
8
DN100
6 4 2 0 0
Temperature [°C]
A 128 128 152 152 166 192 222 222 266
Installation for self-draining α = 15° up to 30° plus 3° up to 5° inclination to pipe axis
Mediums temperature DN15-50
Size 50 63 63 80 80 100 100 125 125
20
40
60 80 100 Temperature [°C] Temperatur [ºC]
Important for the material selection! Note that the permissible operating pressure is dependent on the media temperature.
Ordering Chart Orifice [mm]
Port connection [mm]
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Kv value [m³/h]
Min. pilot pressure [bar]
Operating pressure [bar]
Seal material EPDM Item no. true union
Seal material PTFE / EPDM Item no. true union
50
3
5
8.5
262 212
262 237
63
3.5
5
10
262 231
262 245
63
7
5.5
10
262 740
262 760
80
7
5.5
10
262 741
262 742
15
20
20
25
25
32
80
11
5.5
10
262 743
262 744
32
40
100
18
5.5
10
262 745
262 746
40
50
100
24
5.5
6.5
262 747
262 761
125
26
5.5
10
262 748
262 749
50
63
125
43
5.5
8
262 750
–
50
63
125
43
5.5
7
–
262 751
15
20
50
3
10
262 252
262 306
20
25
63
7
see pilot pressure diagram
10
262 752
262 753
25
32
80
11
10
262 754
262 755
32
40
100
18
10
262 756
–
40
50
100
24
10
262 757
262 758
50
63
125
43
10
262 759
–
2030
Normally closed
Normally open
see pilot pressure diagram
Home
73
2/2-way Diaphragm Valve, Classic, pneumatically operated,
2031
tube valve body DN8-100 mm • Hermetical separation of fluids from the
operating mechanism by diaphragm • Zero dead volume • Various surface finishes available
2 (A)
1 (P)
The externally piloted diaphragm valve consists of a pneumatically operated piston actuator, a diaphragm and a 2-way tube valve body. The
Dimensions [mm]
standard material of the actuator is PPS. The flow optimised and zero dead volume valve body makes high flow rates possible and a variety of applications to be realised.
(see datasheet for further Details)
B
Pilot air port Actuator 40 & 50 = 1/8” Actuator 63-225 = 1/4”
Technical data Orifice
DN8-100 mm
Body material
Tube valve body stainless steel 316L/1.4435 / BN2 Fe < 0.5% / C ≤ 0.03%
Pilot air ports
Stainless steel 1.4305
Seal materials
EPDM, PTFE/EPDM (advanced PTFE/EPDM on request)
Medium temperatures EPDM, PTFE/EPDM, advanced PTFE/EPDM Actuator materials Media Control medium Ambient temperature Actuator size < 100 mm Actuator size 100-125 mm Actuator size >125 mm
74
Actuator
A
B
C
8
40
90
53
85
PPS for actuator size ≥ 40-125 mm PA polyamide for actuator size ≥ 175 mm
10
40
90
53
85
Neutral gases and liquids, high purity, aseptic, aggressive or abrasive fluids
15
50
110
64
118
20
63
119
80
146
25
80
129
101
175
32
100
161
127
233
40
100
161
127
233
50
125
192
153
277
65
225
250
261
394
80
225
250
261
394
100
225
250
261
409
Neutral gases; air +5 °C to +140 °C +5 °C to +90 °C, briefly up to 140 °C -10 °C to +50 °C EN ISO 1127/ISO 4200, DIN 11850 S2
Viscosity
Up to viscous
• Seal material FKM • Feedback • Stroke limitation
A DN
-10 ºC to +130 ºC
Port connections Weld end body acc. to
Options
C
Orifice [mm]
External [ISO4200]
Kv [m3/h
Seal
Actuator Size Ø [mm]
Pilot pressure MIN [bar]
Line Pressure MAX [bar]
Item no.
13.5
1.0
EPDM
40
5
10
137094
13.5
1.0
PTFE
40
5
10
135446
21.3
7
EPDM
63
5
10
141572
21.3
7
PTFE
63
5
10
134311
26.9
13
EPDM
80
5
10
141581
26.9
13
PTFE
80
5
10
134312
33.7
25
EPDM
80
5.5
10
141587
33.7
25
PTFE
80
5.5
10
134313
42.4
33
EPDM
100
5.5
10
141593
42.4
33
PTFE
100
5.5
10
134314
48.3
45
EPDM
100
5.5
6.5
141599
48.3
45
PTFE
100
5.5
6.5
143058
60.3
56
EPDM
100
5.5
5.5
141610
60.3
56
PTFE
100
5.5
5.5
143059
External [ISO4200]
Kv [m3/h
Seal
Actuator Size Ø [mm]
Pilot pressure MIN [bar]
Line Pressure MAX [bar]
Item no.
3/8
1.0
EPDM
40
5
10
141858
3/8
1.0
PTFE
40
5
10
135443
1/2
7
EPDM
63
5
10
141570
1/2
7
PTFE
63
5
10
135470
3/4
13
EPDM
80
5
10
141579
3/4
13
PTFE
80
5
10
135491
1
25
EPDM
80
5.5
10
141585
1
25
PTFE
80
5.5
10
135513
1 1/4
33
EPDM
100
5.5
10
141590
1 1/4
33
PTFE
100
5.5
10
135535
1 1/2
45
EPDM
100
5.5
6.5
141596
1 1/2
45
PTFE
100
5.5
6.5
135550
2
56
EPDM
100
5.5
5.5
141607
2
56
PTFE
100
5.5
5.5
135580
External [ISO4200]
Kv [m3/h
Seal
Actuator Size Ø [mm]
Pilot pressure MIN [bar]
Line Pressure MAX [bar]
Item no.
1/2
1.0
EPDM
40
5
10
275388
1/2
1.0
PTFE
40
5
10
275390
3/4
7
EPDM
50
5
8.5
275391
3/4
7
PTFE
63
5
10
275392
1
13
EPDM
63
5.5
10
278879
1
13
PTFE
80
5
10
278880
1 1/2
25
EPDM
100
5.5
10
278880
1 1/2
25
PTFE
100
5.5
8
278882
2
45
EPDM
100
5.5
6.5
278883
2
45
PTFE
125
5.5
10
278884
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
Orifice [mm]
2031
Ordering chart
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
Orifice [mm] [mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 32 32 40 40
Home
75
On-Off Pneumatically Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
2103
DN8-50 mm • Hygienic stainless steel design • Optical display as standard in series • Interface to feedback and
control options • For highly pure and aseptic materials • Certification acc. to FDA
2 (A)
• Silencer included
1 (P)
The externally piloted diaphragm valve, Type 2103, consists of a pneumatically operated piston actuator, a diaphragm and a 2-way tube valve body. The high-quality drive with stainless steel casing ensures its suitable use in hygienic or aggressive environments. The streamlined and zero dead volume valve body allows high flow rates and versatility.
Envelope Dimensions
(see datasheet for details)
Drawing shows dimensions for weld end connection, for further versions with threaded port see datasheet.
Technical Data Pressure range
see Ordering Chart
Temperature media
-10 ºC to +130 ºC (for steam sterilization short term up to +150 °C)
Viscosity
up to viscous
Ambient temperature
+5 °C to +60 ºC.
Body material
Tube valve body stainless steel 316L/1.4435/BN2 Fe < 0.5% / C ≤ 0.03%
Internal finish
Ra ≤ 0.38 μm (ASME BPE SF4)
Seal material
EPDM (FDA and KTW approval) or PTFE/EPDM (FDA approval)
Actuator material
Actuator PPS Cover stainless steel 1.4561 (316Ti)
Control medium
Neutral gases, air
Flow direction
Bidirectional
Pilot connections
Push-in connector (external Ø 6 mm or ¼”)
Orifice
Norms
FDA compliant , 3A
[mm] 8 10 15 20 25 25 40 50
Options • • • • •
76
Any standard surface finish Classic actuator for sizes above 2” Control heads/Positioner Advanced PTFE/EPDM Control function B (normally open) and I (double-acting)
Actuator [inch] 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/2” 2”
50 50 70 70 70 90 130 130
A 64.5 64.5 91 91 91 120 159 159
H 129 144 161 171 174 207 288 311
LS 90 110 110 119 129 129 161 192
DS Ø EN ISO 1127/ ISO 4200
DIN 11850 R2
13.5 17.2 21.3 26.9 33.7 33.7 48.3 60.3
– 13 19 23 29 29 41 53
Orifice
External [ASME/BPE]
Kv value [m3/h]
Seal
Actuator size Ø [mm]
Pilot pressure range [bar]
Item No.
1/2
1.7
EPDM
70
3.7
290501
1/2
1.7
PTFE
70
4.4
290502
3/4
6.8
EPDM
70
4.8
290503
3/4
6.8
PTFE
70
4.8
290504
1
12.5
EPDM
70
4.8
290505
1
12.5
PTFE
70
4.8
290506
1 1/2
30
EPDM
90
5.5
290507
1 1/2
30
PTFE
90
5.5
290508
2
40
EPDM
90
5.5
290509
2
40
PTFE
90
5.5
290510
2
40
EPDM
130
5
290511
2
40
PTFE
130
5
290512
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 32 32 40 40 40 40
Home
2103
Ordering Chart
77
3232
Manually Operated 2/2 Way Diaphragm Valve
DN15-50 mm • For aggressive media • Flow optimised body • Tough, durable PPS handwheel • Self-emptying • Low dead volume
Hand operated diaphragm valve for aggressive chemicals. Provides long service life even with polluted, dirty or high viscosity fluids. The diaphragm
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
between the actuator and body hermetically isolates the fluid from the actuator and provides a strong seal over the valve seat. The manual nature of the operator means that the valve can be used for shut-off and for flow control.
Drawing shows dimensions for true union connection. For other connections see datasheet.
Technical Data Mediums temperature
See pressure temperature diagram
Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +60 °C
Viscosity
to viscous
Body material
PVC, PP or PVDF
Seal material
EPDM (FDA and KTW approval) or PTFE/EPDM (FDA approval)
Handwheel / Bonnet
PPS / PPS
DN
Size
A
B
C
Process connection
True Union
15
1/2”
128
86
92
Operating pressure [bar]
Pressure-Temperature diagram
10
DN15-50
8
Options
6 4
PVC
PP
PVDF
2 20
60
40
80 100 120 140 Temperature [°C]
Installation for self-draining operation α = 15 to 30° plus 3° to 5° inclination to pipe axis α
78
(see datasheet for details)
• Pneumatic actuation • Safety lock
20
3/4”
152
86
102
25
1”
166
86
108
32
1 1/4”
192
114
139
40
1 1/2”
222
114
149
50
2”
266
114
170
Ordering Chart Port [inch]
True union connection 1/2 15
PVC Item no. Item no. EPDM PTFE/EPDM diaphragm diaphragm
Kv value [m³/h]
Pressure range at +20 °C [bar]
3.5
0 - 10
262 360
PP
PVDF Item no. Item no. EPDM PTFE/EPDM diaphragm diaphragm
Item no. EPDM diaphragm
Item no. PTFE/EPDM diaphragm
262 363
144 782
144 788
144 806
144 812
20
3/4
7.2
0 - 10
262 799
262 804
144 783
144 789
144 807
144 813
32
1
12.5
0 - 10
262 800
262 805
144 784
144 790
144 808
144 814
32
1 1/4
19
0 - 10
262 801
263 365
144 785
144 791
144 809
144 815
40
1 1/2
28
0 - 10
262 802
262 806
144 786
144 792
144 810
144 816
50
2
40
0-7
262 803
262 808
144 787
144 793
–
–
Spigot connection 1/2 15
3.5
0 - 10
144 770
144 776
144 794
144 800
144 818
144 824
20
3/4
7.2
0 - 10
144 771
144 777
144 795
144 801
144 819
144 825
25
1
12.5
0 - 10
144 772
144 778
144 796
144 802
144 820
144 826
32
1 1/4
19
0 - 10
–
–
144 797
144 803
144 821
144 827
40
1 1/2
28
0 - 10
144 774
144 780
144 798
144 804
144 822
144 828
50
2
40
0-7
144 775
144 781
144 799
144 805
144 823
144 829
Home
3232
Orifice DN [mm]
79
Manually Operated 2/2-way Diaphragm Valve
3233
DN8-80 mm • Hermetic separation of fluids
from actuator • For high purity and aseptic mediums • Certifications for hygienic processing
applications • CIP/SIP • Zero dead volume
Hand operated diaphragm valve designed specifically for 3A/FDA compliant bioprocessing tasks. The stainless steel tube valve body can be delivered with your specific surface finish with a range of diaphragm materials to suit positive control of ultra-pure, abrasive and aggressive fluids. The flow is continuously adjustable with the hand wheel. The valves are zero dead volume and can be mounted to self-draining. The valves are autoclavable.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Technical Data Pressure range
see ordering chart
Temperature media
-10 ºC to +130 ºC (for steam sterilization short time up to +150 °C)
Ambient temperature
Up to +130 ºC, short time up to 150 ºC
Body material
Tube valve body stainless steel 316L/1.4435/ BN2 Fe < 0.5% / C ≤ 0.03%
Seal material
EPDM (FDA and KTW approval) or PTFE/EPDM (FDA approval)
Viscosity
to viscous
Size [mm] 15 20 25 40
Surface mechanically polished
Ra ≤ 0.6 μm (Average roughness)
50
[inch] 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/2” 2”
A
B
C
110 119 129 161
80 80 80 114
92 104 106 135
192
114
158
(outside forged surface)
electropolished inside (outside Ra ≤ 0.4 μm (Average roughness)
Forged surface electropolished) (others on request)
Options • All mechanical and electropolished finishes a standard • Locking function
Installation for self-draining operation
α
marking for self-drain angle α = 15 up to 35º (Marking must face upwards, 12 o’clock position) plus 1º to 5º inclination to the pipe axis.
Drain marks permanently marked on both sides of the valve body show the correct mounting position to optimise drain ability.
80
Ordering Chart
External [ISO4200]
Kv [m3/h
Seal
13.5
1.0
EPDM
704943
13.5
1.0
PTFE
704945
21.3
7
EPDM
435241
21.3
7
PTFE
435253
26.9
13
EPDM
435242
26.9
13
PTFE
33.7
25
EPDM
33.7
25
PTFE
42.4
33
EPDM
42.4
33
PTFE
435256
48.3
45
EPDM
435245
48.3
45
PTFE
435257
60.3
56
EPDM
435246
60.3
56
PTFE
435258
Screwed BSP
Kv [m3/h
Seal
3/8
1.0
EPDM
704949
3/8
1.0
PTFE
704950
1/2
7
EPDM
435289
1/2
7
PTFE
435300
3/4
13
EPDM
435290
3/4
13
PTFE
1
25
EPDM
1
25
PTFE
1 1/4
33
EPDM
1 1/4
33
PTFE
435303
1 1/2
45
EPDM
435292
1 1/2
45
PTFE
43304
2
56
EPDM
435293
2
56
PTFE
435305
External [ASME/BPE]
Kv [m3/h
Seal
1/2
1.0
EPDM
278885
1/2
1.0
PTFE
278886
3/4
7
EPDM
275866
3/4
7
PTFE
1
13
EPDM
1
13
PTFE
1 1/2
25
EPDM
1 1/2
25
PTFE
278890
2
45
EPDM
278891
2
45
PTFE
278892
Actuator
Surface Finish
Item no.
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
Orifice
Internal and external glass bead finish
PPS Handwheel
Actuator
Surface Finish
3233
Orifice
435254 435243 435255 435244
Item no.
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
Orifice
Internal and external glass bead finish
PPS Handwheel
Actuator
Surface Finish
435304 435291 435302 435156
Item no.
[mm]
8 8 15 15 20 20 32 32 40 40
PPS Handwheel
Home
Internal Electro polished RA<=0.38 micrometer
275867 278887 278888 278889
81
8697
Pneumatic Control Unit with integrated position feedback
• Compact design • Integrated pilot valve with manual
override • Integrated control air supply to the
actuator • LED indicator • Automatic end position adjustment
The 8697 pneumatic control unit is optimised for integrated mounting on the ELEMENT 21XX process valve and CLASSIC 20xx series. Mechanical or inductive limit switches register the position of the valve. The integrated pilot valve controls single-acting actuators. The design of the control unit and the actuator enables an internal control air routing without external tubings. Besides the electrical position feedback signal the status of the device is shown directly on the control head itself via LEDs. The housing is easy to clean and features proven electrical IP protection and chemically resistant materials for use in hygienic processing, in food, beverage and pharmaceutical industries. Combined with Bürkert ELEMENT actuators the unique pilot valve system enables a compressed air recycling that avoids actuator chambers contamination from the environment.
(see datasheet for more details)
C A B
Options • Stroke Limiter • Inductive 2-wire
Technical Data
82
Dimensions [mm]
Materials Body Cover Sealing
PPS PC EPDM
Operating voltage Pilot valve Micro switch Initiator
24V DC ±10% - residual ripple 10%, consumption 1 W 24 V-Version: 0-48 V AC/DC, max. 2 A 230 V-Version: 50-250 V AC/DC, max. 2 A 10-30 V DC - max.100 mA per initiator
Control medium Dust concentration Particle density Pressure condensation point Oil concentration
neutral gases, air quality class DIN ISO 8573-1 Class 5: max. particle size 40 μm Class 5: max. particle size 10 mg/m³ Class 3: max. -20 °C or min. 10 °C below the lowest operating temperature Class 5: max. 25 mg/m³
Supply pressure
3-7 bar 1)
Pilot air ports
Threaded ports G 1/8” or push-in connector (tube Ø 6 mm / 1/4”)
Position feedback
2x micro switch (0-48 V AC/DC, max. 2 A) 2x micro switch (50-250 V AC/DC, max. 2 A) 2x initiator (24 V DC), PNP shutter 3-wire 2x initiator NAMUR (8.2 V DC) (2-wire) 2x initiator (24 V DC), shutter (2-wire)
Stroke range valve spindle
2-36 mm
A
B
C
65.4
56.3
110.4
Ordering chart
Ex ia IIC T6
Electrical connection
Pneumatic Control Unit (pilot valve 3/2-way, single-acting NO/NC) 2 Cable gland M12 connector 2 Yes Cable gland 2 Cable gland Feedback (without pilot valve) 2 2
Yes 2 2 2
Cable gland M12 connector Cable gland Cable gland Cable gland Cable gland
Actuator series ELEMENT Types 21XX
Actuator series CLASSIC Types 20XX
248816 248818 248822 248814
248829 248830 248832 248828
248812 250471 248820 248810 248824 248808
248827 250472 248831 248826 248833 248825
8697
Item no. Micro Switch 50 - 250V AC/DC
Micro Switch 12 - 24 V DC
Inductive Switch 2-wire 024/DC
Inductive Switch 2-wire NAMUR
Inductive Switch 3-wire PNP
8697
End position feedback
Accessories Adapter kit
For Pneumatic Control Unit / Feedback For Pneumatic Control Unit
Ø 50 mm Ø 40 mm
Control function single-acting / universal single-acting
For Pneumatic Control Unit
Ø 50 mm Seat valve types 2000 / 2012
single-acting
682 255
For Pneumatic Control Unit
Ø 50 mm Diaphragm valve types 2030 / 2031
single-acting
682 258
For Pneumatic Control Unit
Ø 63 mm
single-acting
682 256
For Feedback
Ø 40 mm
universal
698 573
For Feedback
Ø 50 / 63 / 80 mm
universal
682 264
For Feedback
Ø 100 / 125 mm
universal
682 265
For Feedback
Ø 175 / 225 mm
universal
683 265
Specifications Adapter kit ELEMENT types 21xx Adapter kit CLASSIC types 20xx
Actuator size
Home
Item no. 682 259 698 573
83
Control Tops and Feedback Packages for
Accessories (8690 / 8691)
Pneumatically Actuated Valves
• Extreme modularity • Fit all Bürkert actuators • Reliable and simple to adapt
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
These feedback switch and pilot packs fit in the ELEMENT range of accessories. Designed for uncompromising performance this new generation is even more rugged. For single and double acting actuators the SuperBRIGHT LEDs let you see the status of your process valves from a distance. Chemically resistant PPS housing is designed in accordance with EHEDG guidelines for use in hygienic environments. Features include simple one-touch setup and a compressed air flush system which means there is always a small positive pressure in the head to completely prevent atmospheric ingress. Simple connection to DeviceNet or AS-interface make this a leap forward in valve communication.
(see datasheet for details)
Type 8690
Technical Data Pilot valve Micro switch Initiator Electrical connection Buses available Optical feedback Media Body, Cover, Seal Push in connector Integrated filter Supply pressure Accreditations Operating temperature Ambient temperature
8690 24 V DC ±10%, residual ripple 10% (no technical direct current); 1W Max. 24 V DC, max. 2A 10 to 24 V DC, max. 100mA ext. load per initiator Cable gland or 8-pole M12
8691 24 V DC ±10%, residual ripple 10% (no technical direct current); 2W PNP, 10 to 24 V DC, max. 100mA
Cable gland or 8-pole M12 , AS-i Connect DeviceNet, AS-i SuperBRIGHT LED Instrument air Instrument air PPS, PC, EPDM PPS, PC, EPDM (external Ø 6mm or 1/4”) or threaded ports G 1/8 0.1mm 0.1mm 3-7barG 3-7barG IP65/67, CE, (CSA pending) IP65/67, CE, CSA (pending) 0 ºC to +55 ºC 0 ºC to +55 ºC 0 ºC to +55 ºC 0 ºC to +55 ºC
Ordering chart - 8691 Communication
Electrical Control connection Function Actuator Series ELEMENT Type 21XX process valves Adapter kit for ELEMENT Type 21XX Single-acting As -Interface Double Acting M12 Mutipole Single-acting Device Net Double Acting Single-acting Cable Gland Double Acting Standard Single-acting M12 Mutipole Double Acting Actuator Series CLASSIC Type 20XX process valves As -Interface Single-acting Double Acting M12 Mutipole Device Net Single-acting Double Acting Standard Single-acting Cable Gland Double Acting Single-acting M12 Mutipole Double Acting
84
Type 8691
Type
A
B
8690
91
86
8691
91
119
Ordering chart - 8690 Pilot air ports
G1/8
G1/8
Item no.
Pilot Valves
679917 227254 227240 227255 227241 227260 227246 227262 227248
0
227265 227250 227266 227251 227270 227252 227272 264980
Switches
Type
Item no. Cable Gland 227 196
Two Mechanical switches 1 Two Mechanical 227 233 switches 1 Two Inductive 227 221 switches Adapter for ELEMENT 665 720 Valves
Options 8690 • Versions for double acting actuators 8691 • Versions for double acting actuators • AS-i version • DeviceNet version Please call customer service or see datasheet for adaption to Classic valves.
Item no. M12 227 197 227 235 227 223
Type 3360/3361 Electromotive Process valves
Benefits for you: • Lower energy costs - no compressed air requirement. • Bürkert communicator PC software for diagnostic functions. • Reduced installation costs - Fieldbus compatible. • High performance, improved efficiency. • High precise and fast flow control - Electric actuator with ball screw, 6mm/sec. • Weather, impact and vibration resistant design - IP65/67. • Easy cleaning by its design according hygienic demands - FDA EGV 1935/2004. • SAFPOS with optional energy storage pack for increased safety. • LED status indication to monitor processes locally & centrally. • SIM card, quickly transfer settings to another device.
Click for more info.
8802
ELEMENT Control Valves
2/2 way Continuous Control, DN13-DN50 • High Control Accuracy • Stainless IP65 and 67 protection • Simple to install and
commission
ELEMENT Control Valves As part of a remarkable range of attractive and process control components our hardworking angle control valves offer high flows for large capacity heat exchange operations while our globe valves offer extreme precision and quiet operation. Both can be incorporated in the 8802 control valve system. The 8802 Continuous ELEMENT architecture enables the easy integration of
Large backlit graphical display for positioner and process controller
Control Flush Over Pressure Protection
Contact and wear-free inductive position sensor
three levels of automation modules: a simple blind Positioner; a positioner with display; and a fully functional process controller. A range of fieldbus interfaces
Integrated Pneumatic Actuation
(AS-i, Profibus or DeviceNet) can be added with ease. Simple, intuitive, multilingual menu driven HMI allows you to control your loop with the minimum time investment. There are no other control valves on the market which offer the following features:
Integrated control air routing to the actuation chambers
Integrated Air Inlet Filter
• Wash down to EDEDG design standards and IP65/IP67
Compressed air recycling
• Unrivalled control characteristics • Positive positioner pressure and overpressure relief • Unmatched resistance to cleaning materials
Bürkert‘s well known high cycle life smooth actuation
• Compressed air recycling innovation eliminates corrosion of the spring chamber • Security code lock • Digital calibration
Technical Data 2300 Angle seat G threaded
• Diagnostic tools • PC interface set up tools • DTMs • Superb graphic backlit display • Contactless, wear-free analog displacement transmitter • Simple and reliable drive adaptation by automatic TEACH • On board air filter • ProcessTUNE • Close tight cut off, inversion, free customised characteristic, filter, dead band, start position, safe position, split range, max. min. time and digital signal calibration
Port pattern Pressure range Temperature media Ambient temperature max. Body material Seal material Actuator Material Control medium Safe position
2301 Globe, 2301 Globe, G threaded flanged G threaded ANSI Flange 0 - 16 bar, max. -10 ºC – +185 °C (+130 ºC with PTFE seat seal) +60 °C, max.
PTFE Stainless steel 1.4571 Stainless steel/PPS Instrument air at 5.5…7 bar Normally closed
• Binary input and 2 binary outputs • Analog output for position, setpoint or process variable Threaded , OD tube weld ends and flanged connections make this an easily installed part of your control loop. These control valves offer unmatched life cycle performance. Truly Intelligent, Integrated and Beautiful.
86
smart S I Z E R All of these valves can be simply and accurately Sized using our online software
Visual indication Pilot connection
Extreme long life packing system
High integrity seal
8802
Sectional Drawings
Control cone (3 Sizes) Precision spring
Expansion chamber Seat (3 Sizes)
Internal routing of compressed air recycling
Full range process connections
Stem Hygienic stainless steel shell
Ordering chart - modulating control heads Actuator size Ă˜
8692 Positioner
70 and 90 130
8693 Positioner & Process Controller 227 352 227 375
227 290 227 316
Adapter for ELEMENT Valves
ELEMENT Control Valve Display Types 8692 and 8693
679917
Configuration Chart Angle seat valve, G threaded ports, Type 2300 Port
Orifice
Actuator size
G 1/2
13
70
5
G 3/4
20
70
9.5
G1
25
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
70 90 70
32
90 90
40
130
50
130
Kv value
15.5 22 31.5 53
Globe valves, G threaded ports, Type 2301 Port
Orifice
Actuator size
Kv value
10
70
3.1
15
70
4.3
G 3/4
20
70
7.1
G1
25
70
12
G 1 1/4
32
90
13.6
G 1 1/2
40
90
17.5
130
23.8
G2
50
90
28
tion concept for integration into the most up-to-date control systems.
130
37
Designed for tough and agile process environments, ELEMENT is an
G 1/2
The innovative positioner and controller range offers a complete automa-
adaptable modular system designed to support fast delivery in a wide set
Globe valves, ANSI flanged, Type 2301 Orifice
Complete and adaptable to individual needs
of configurations to meet specialised application environments.
Actuator size
Kv value
15
70
4.3
20
70
7.1
Flexibility to meet customer requirements
25
70
12
ELEMENT positioners and controllers offer flexible opportunities for
40 50 65
90 130
16.7
90
27.9
130
37
130
52
Complete assembly requires valve plus controller and mounting adapter.
optimising processes. Distributed intelligence with a clear connection to the co-ordination and supervisory level is an important part of the design. Inside this small package is a fully functional process controller with advanced ProcessTUNE. Add to this specific valve software functions like, inversion, free customised characteristic, start position and split range, and you have the perfect collection of advantages.
Home
87
Control head for hygienic process valves
8681 Control head
• Universal attachment for hygienic
process valves • Contactless position measurement
system with 3 switching points (Teach-In function) • Coloured status display • Magnetic manual override without
opening the device • Communication interface
AS-Interface (option)
Type 8681 control head is optimised for decentralised automation of hygienic process valves. Thanks to its universal adapter it can be combined
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
with all normal commercial butterfly valves, ball valves, single and double seated valves. With a decentralised automation concept, the control head takes over all pneumatic actuation, feedback and diagnostic functions up to and including field bus communication. The housing is easy to clean and features proven electrical IP protection and chemically resistant materials for use in hygienic processing in food, beverage and pharmaceutical industries.
Technical Data Material Body Cover Seal Control medium
Dust concentration Particle density Pressure condensation point Oil concentration
neutral gases, air DIN ISO 8573-1 (filter 5 µm recommended) class 5 (<40 μm particle size) class 5 (<10 mg/m3) class 3 (<-20 °C) class 5 (<25 mg/m3) 2.5 to 8 bar
Air capacity solenoid valve1) (supply and exhaust air per solenoid valve adjustable)
110 lN/min - for pressurization and exhaust, lifting device 110 lN/min - delivery condition 200 lN/min - max. typical flow rate (throttle)
Position sensor…
Outlet current Stroke range Resolution Total error
A
B
C
106.7
79
195.5
Technical Data
(continued)
Type of protection
IP 65/67 acc. to EN 60529
Protection class
3 (AS-Interface, 24 VDC, DeviceNet); 1 (120 VAC) acc. to DIN EN 61140
G 1/4” G 1/8”
Fieldbus communication
AS-Interface, DeviceNet
EG-Conformity
EMV2004/108/EG; ATEX 94/9/EG
Non-contact Position Sensor, 3 self-regulated switching points PNP (Teach-In-function) closer (normally open), PNP-output short-circuit proof, with clocking short-circuit protection Max. 100 mA per feedback signal 0 to 80 mm ≤ 0.1 mm ± 0.5 mm - when using a target for the dimensional drawing, material 1.4021 and a piston rod (Ø 22 mm, material 1.4301) (error refers to the reproducibility of a teach-position)
Ignition protection
ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 ATEX II 3G Ex tD A22 T135°C
Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +55 °C +5 °C to +55 °C (ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC T4; ATEX II 3G Ex tD A22 T135°C)
Installation
As required, preferably with actuator in upright position
1)
B
PA, PPO, VA PC CR, EPDM
Supply pressure
Pilot air ports Air inlet and outlet Service ports
88
C A
Nn-value acc. to the definition with decrease in pressure from 7 to 6 bar absolute Q with 20°C.
Communication
8681 Control head
without
without
AS-Interface (62 slaves)
Voltage
Connection
12 - 28 V DC
cable gland
12 - 28 V DC
29.5 - 31.6 V DC
ATEX Zone 2/22 Kat. 3 without
Quantity of solenoid valves 0
Feedback
Item no.
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 410
without
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 411
without
2
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 412
without
3
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 413
with
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 415
without
0
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 420
without
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 421
without
2
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 422
without
3
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 423
with
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 425
without
0
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 430
without
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 431
without
2
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 432
without
3
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 433
with
1
3 int. + 1 ext.
196 435
M12, 12 pin, cable 8 cm
Version with ASI flat cable terminal and 80 cm cable
8681 Control head
Ordering chart
Accessories Silencer PE G 1/4”
Version
Item no. 780 780
Blind plug PP G 1/8”
770 901
Banjo fitting brass nickel-plated G 1/4” for Ø tube 8/6 mm
780 084
Banjo fitting brass nickel-plated G 1/8” for Ø tube 6/4 mm
780 082
Universal VA-flange with O-ring
196 495
Target for type 8681 from 1.4021
196 494
Magnet-manual control tool
196 490
Cable 27 cm (8 cm outside) with 12 pin M12 plug for 24 V DC
217 574
Cable 99 cm (80 cm outside) with 4 pin M12 plug for ASi
217 572
Cable 27 cm (8 cm outside with 4 pin M12 plug for ASi
217 573
ASI-flat cable terminal with M12 with stainless steel female connector
799 646
Cable 99 cm (80 cm outside with 5 pin M12 plug for DeviceNet
218 187
USB adaptation kit PC-communicator
227 093 –
Bluetooth-adaptation kit Smartphone-communicator
Home
89
Digital electropneumatic positioner / Process controller C
US
8792/8793
• Graphic display with backlight • Compact and robust design • Easy startup using tune function • No internal air consumption in steady
condition • Profibus DPV1 or DeviceNet (optional) • Assembly acc. to IEC 534-6/VDI VDE
3845 or Remote
The robust and compact Positioner and Process controllers are designed to standardisation acc. to IEC534-6 or VDI/VDE3845 for assembly with linear and rotary actuators. In addition, the remote version with the displacement position sensor can be combined with Burkert process control valves. Both the Positioner and Process controller can be operated with the usual current and voltage standard signals and can also be equipped with the Fieldbus interface PROFIBUS DPV1 Additional to the digital display the valve opening is signalled by a mechanical indicator element. In the process control version the actual process value is directly supplied to the device as 4-20 mA, PT100 or as frequency signal. The process controller calculates the position set point for the subordinated positioner through the variance comparison. Due to the analogue feedback all analogue values on the controlling level can be transferred. The parameterization of process controller and positioner can be carried out automatically
Technical Data Aluminium plastic-coated EPDM, NBR, FKM
Operating voltages
24 VDC +/- 10%
Residual ripple
max. 10%
Setpoint setting
0/4 to 20 mA and 0 to 5/10 V
B
Standard version L
A
B
L
31
81.9
171.1
B
A
L
Input resistance
0/4 to 20 mA: 0 to 5/10 mA:
Analogue feedback
4-20 mA, 0-20 mA 0-10 V, 0-5 V
Binary input
galvanically isolated, 0-5 V = log “0”, 10-30 V = log “1”
Binary output Current limit
2 Outputs (optional), galvanically separated 100 mA, Output will be synchronised when overloaded
Control medium Dust concentration Particle density Pressure condensation point Oil concentration
Neutral gases, air DIN ISO 8573-1 Class 5 (<40 µm particle size) Class 5 (<10 mg/m3) Class 3 (<-20°C) Class 5 (<25 mg/m3)
Ambient temperature
0 to +60°C
Pilot air ports
Threaded ports G 1/4”
Supply pressure
1.4 to 7 bar 1)
Air supply filter
Exchangeable (aperture size ~0.1 mm)
A
B
L
31
81.9
171.1
A
180 Ω 19 k Ω
The supply pressure has to be 0.5-1 bar above the minimum required pilot pressure for the valve actuator 2) Pressure specifications: Overpressure with respect to atmospheric pressure
90
(see datasheet for details)
Remote version
Material Body Seal
1)
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Technical Data
continued
Actuator system Air capacity
single and double-acting to 150 lN/min. 95 lN/min (with 1.4 bar2)) for aeration and ventilation 150 lN/min (with 6 bar2)) for aeration and ventilation (QNn = 100 lN/min (acc. to the definition with decrease in pressure from 7 to 6 bar absolute)
Position detection module
Potentiometer, max. angle 180º
Stroke range valve spindle
min. 30º on the rotary shaft, depending on lever
Installation
as required, display above or sideways
Ordering Chart: 8792 Assembly variations
Communication
Electrical connection
Analogue feedback
2 Binary outputs
Binary input
no
Cable gland
no
no
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
via Bus
no
yes
via Bus
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
Control function
Item no.
Profibus DPV1
Multipole
single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting
206 610
yes
single-acting
224 871
yes
yes
single-acting
224 870
no
no
yes
206 623
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting
206 612 206 611 206 616
8792/8793
NAMUR IEC 534-6 VDI / VDE 3845
206 617
REMOTE MOUNTING
ELEMENT Actuator Ø 70 mm/90 mm CLASSIC Actuator Ø 80 mm/100 mm
no
ELEMENT Actuator Ø 130 mm CLASSIC Actuator Ø 125/175/225 mm
no
Cable gland
206 625 206 624
Ordering Chart: 8793 Assembly variations
Communication
Electrical connection
Analogue feedback
2 Binary outputs
Binary input
Control function
no
Cable gland
no
no
yes
206 593
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
via Bus
no
yes
via Bus
yes
yes
single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting
no
yes
yes
single-acting
224 873
yes
yes
yes
single-acting
224 872
no
no
yes
206 607
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting
Item no.
NAMUR IEC 534-6 VDI / VDE 3845
Profibus DPV1
Multipole
206 595 206 594 206 600 206 601
REMOTE
ELEMENT Actuator Ø 70 mm/90 mm CLASSIC Actuator Ø 80 mm/100 mm
no
ELEMENT Actuator Ø 130 mm CLASSIC Actuator Ø 125/175/225 mm
no
Cable gland
Cable gland
206 609 206 608
Ordering Chart: Controller and Assembly Kit Complete Actuator Size
Communication
Electrical connection
Analogue feedback
2 Binary outputs
Binary input
Control function
no
Cable gland
no
no
yes
92133832
yes
yes
yes
single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting single and double-acting
92133833
Item no.
Type 8792
PA00 to PA30
P40 to P50
no
Cable gland
via Bus
no
yes
no
Cable gland
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
92133867 92183249
Type 8793
PA00 to PA30
Home
92134636
91
Accessory for pneumatic rotary actuators
1061
• Combines the functions of a position
feedback and a solenoid valve in one. • Available with 3/2-way, 5/2-way or with
out solenoid valve. • Perfectly suited for pneumatic rotary
actuators: 2051 and 2052 • Adjustable bracket allows the
combination with actuators in different sizes.
Type 1061 combines the function of a position feedback and a solenoid valve in one box. It can be used with pneumatic rotary actuators of type 2051 and 2052, which are part of the system type 8805.
Dimensions Electromechanical Feedback + 3/2-Way Solenoid Valve
Type 1061 is available in different variations of limit switches (micro switches, inductive sensors) and solenoid valves (3/2-way, 5/2- way or without solenoid valve). Next to this, an ATEX version and variants with ASi fieldbus connections are also available. Because of the several available variations, it perfectly meets the requirements of different applications and processes.
Technical data Housing Base (powder-coated) Cover (powder-coated) Ingress protection
Aluminium RAL9005 RAL7016 IP65
Seal
PUR
Bracket
Adjustable Hole guage: 80/130mm x 30mm Height: 20/30mm
Temperature
-25°C…-10°C up to 55°C…85°C
Limit Switches Micro Switches Inductive Sensors
92
Crouzet 83.161.3 Crouzet 83.161.8 Pepperl+Fuchs NBB2-V3-E2 Pepperl+Fuchs NJ2-V3-N
Switching precision
< 1,5°
System connection
Cable gland M20 x 1,5 ASi Cable connector M12-connector, male, 4-pole
Solenoid valves
Without solenoid valve 3/2-Way (type 6524) 5/2-Way (type 6525)
Electromechanical Feedback Without Solenoid Valve
Electromechanical Feedback + 5/2-Way Solenoid Valve
Actuation
Without
Mechanical Yes
Inductive
IEC Ex Version
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
3/2-Way Solenoid
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
5/2-Way Solenoid
ASi Version
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Home
Item no. 773151 773152 773153 773292 773293 773139 773141 773143 773288 773290 773140 773142 773144 773298 773291
1061
Ordering Chart
93
Manual Ball Valves 2/2 and 3/2 way stainless steel and PVC
2654 / 2657
G 1/4 - G 4, 0-70 bar • Lockable handles • ISO standard • High quality materials • Engineered construction Stainless steel Type 2654 PVC Type 2657
Burkert offers stainless steel and PVC ball valves ex-stock Australia. Bürkert ball valves are full bore and automation quality, delivering high reliability and long service life.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] (see datasheet for details)
Stainless steel ball valves are semi-lugged with three piece construction. A dual-sealing system ensures superior tightness in the stem, even during pressure and temperature variations. PVC ball valves are ideal for aggressive or pure fluids. Construction includes floating ball and double stem seal.
Technical Data 2654 stainless steel 0-70 bar Pressure range Temperature media -30 ºC - +200 ºC (see datasheet)
Body material Seal material Port connection Bore
Stainless steel (CF8M) PTFE, (RPTFE and Advanced PTFE available) G-thread Full
2657 PVC 0-16 bar PVC 0 ºC - +60 ºC PP +10 ºC - +80 ºC PVDF 0 ºC - +120 ºC (see datasheet) PVC-U PTFE/EPDM
Size
Solvent Full
Options • • • •
B
L
122
47
56.4
G 3/8
122
47
56.4
G 1/2
122
49
63.5
G 3/4
142
55
75.5
G1
164
71
86
G 1 1/4
164
76
96
G 1 1/2
212
83
111
G2
212
94
129
SS only, see datasheets for other dimensions
Body and seal materials Alternate actuator configurations and materials Polished stainless steel versions Approvals for special conditions
Ordering chart - 2/2 way Ball Valve Port 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"
94
A
G 1/4
Orifice 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Stainless steel BSP Flange 92144137 92151567 92144138 92134109 92144139 92182177 92144140 92144209 92144141 92182944 92144142 92144293 92144143 92144146 92151574 92144295 92151575 92144296 92151576 92146342
PVC Solvent 176462 176463 176464 176465 176466 176467 176468 202660 185991
Ordering chart - 3/2 way Ball Valve Port 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2"
Orifice 15 20 25 32 40 50
Stainless steel L Port T Port 92151402 92151407 92151403 92151408 92151404 92151409 92149059 92146718 92151405 92151410 92151406 92151411
PVC L Port T Port 92155009 92155015 92155010 92155016 92155011 92155017 92155012 92155018 92155013 92155019 92155014 92155020
Pneumatically Actuated Ball Valves
• Highest quality valves • Rilsan actuator can be water actuated • Supplied for ‘plug & play’ installation
2/2 Way 2655 / 2658
2/2 way stainless steel and PVC
• Full range of accessories PVC Type 2658 shown with proximity switch
Rotary or quarter turn solutions can be deployed for high pressure or high temperature applications. Ball valves are industry proven in a wide range of applications and are particularly suitable for applications where low cycles and high reliability is required. These valves have the advantage of either an on-off actuation package including a NAMUR solenoid valve.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] (see datasheet for details)
Technical Data 2655 stainless steel 2658 PVC Double-acting (DA) and spring-return (SR) Configuration 0-70 bar 0-16 bar Pressure range PVC 0 ºC - +60 ºC Temperature media -30 ºC - +200 ºC (see datasheet) PP +10 ºC - +80 ºC PVDF 0 ºC - +120 ºC (see datasheet) Stainless steel (CF8M) PVC-U Body material PTFE, (RPTFE and AdPTFE/EPDM Seal material vanced PTFE available) Rack & pinion Rack & pinion Actuator type Rilsan and epoxy-coated Polyamide Actuator material aluminium Pneumatic air Pneumatic air Control media Can be water actuated G-thread Solvent Port connection Full Full Bore
Ordering chart - stainless steel Port
Orifice
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2 G 3/4 G4
15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
G-thread ports DA SR 92116230 92110520 92116240 92111670 92116250 92110710 92116260 92116220 92116270 92110380 92115330 92115170 92144172 92144175 92144173 92144176 92144174 92144177
SS only, see datasheets for other dimensions Sise
D
A
C SR
C DA
E SR
E DA
L
G 1/2
15
37
111.3
89.3
152.3
140.2
63.5
G 3/4
20
40
111.3
89.3
152.3
140.2
75.5
G1
25
48
128.3
89.3
200.8
140.2
86
G 1 1/4
32
53.5
128.3
111.3
200.8
152.3
96
G 1 1/2
38
63.5
132.3
128.3
224.4
200.8
111
G2
50
72
147.8
128.3
264.2
200.8
129
G 2 1/2
65
92
156.3
132.3
309.5
224.4
152.5
G 3/4
80
102
184.3
147.8
366.2
264.2
168.5
G4
100
132
211
156.3
479
309.5
212.5
Ordering chart - PVC ANSI flange ports DA SR 92146159 92146020 92146160 92146021 92146161 92146022 92146162 92146023 92146163 92146024 92146164 92146025 92146165 92146026 92146166 92146027 92146167 92146028
Port
Orifice
Kv
Pressure
1/2'' 3/4'' 1'' 1 1/4'' 1 1/2'' 2'' 2 1/2'' 3'' 4''
15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 80
16 30 40 75 110 204 318 444 444
16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 10 bar 10 bar 6 bar
Item no. DA SR 92155021 92155022 92155023 92152440 92155024 92155025 92155026 92155027 92155028 92155000 92155029 92155030 92155031 92155032 92155033 92155034 92155035 92155036
See accessories for pneumatically actuated rotary valves, page 76
Home
95
Pneumatically Actuated Ball Valves 3/2 way stainless steel and PVC
3/2 Way 8805
G 1/4 - G 2, 0-70 bar • Robust, high quality valves and actuators • L and T port configurations • Pilot valve connection NAMUR • Complete package of accessories
Shown with proximity switch
Rotary or quarter turn solutions can be deployed for high pressure or high temperature applications. Ball valves are industry proven in a
Envelope Dimensions [mm] (see datasheet for details)
wide range of applications and are particularly suitable for applications where low cycles and high reliability is required. These valves have the advantage of either an on-off actuation package including a NAMUR solenoid valve.
Technical Data 2655 stainless steel 2658 PVC 3/2 way double-acting (DA) and spring-return (SR) Configuration 0-70 bar 0-16 bar Pressure range PVC 0 ºC - +60 ºC Temperature media -30 ºC - +200 ºC (see datasheet) PP +10 ºC - +80 ºC PVDF 0 ºC - +120 ºC (see datasheet) Stainless steel (CF8M) PVC-U Body material PTFE, (RPTFE and AdPTFE/EPDM Seal material vanced PTFE available) Rack & pinion Rack & pinion Actuator type Rilsan and epoxy-coated Polyamide Actuator material aluminium Pneumatic air Pneumatic air Control media Can be water actuated G-thread Solvent Port connection Full Full Bore
SS only, see datasheets for other dimensions
Options • • • • •
A
C SR
C DA
E SR
E DA
L
G 1/2
38.5
128.3
89.3
200.8
140.2
72
G 3/4
42
128.3
111.3
200.8
140.2
83
G1
49
132.3
111.3
224.4
140.2
99
G 1 1/4
55
147.8
128.3
264.2
152.3
112
G 1 1/2
63
184.3
132.3
366.2
200.8
125
G2
74
184.3
147.8
366.2
200.8
149
Body and seal materials Alternate actuator configurations and materials Polished stainless steel versions Approvals for special conditions Accessories package, see page 76
Ordering chart - stainless steel
96
Size
Port
Orifice
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
15 20 25 32 40 50
L port configuration DA SR 92146654 92146238 92129139 92148967 92146747 92146144 92147140 92149060 92146721 92148904 92117620 92146056
Ordering chart - PVC T port configuration DA SR 92147144 92146892 92146290 92149102 92146327 92146326 92147143 92147142 92147141 92148893 92146368 92146962
Port (solvent)
Orifice
1/2'' 3/4'' 1'' 1 1/4'' 1 1/2'' 2''
15 20 25 32 40 50
L port configuration DA SR 92155037 92155038 92155039 92155040 92155041 92155042 92155043 92155044 92155045 92155046 92155047 92155048
T port configuration DA SR 92155049 92155050 92155051 92155052 92155053 92155054 92155055 92155056 92155057 92155058 92155059 92155060
Electrically Actuated On/Off Ball Valves
8804
2/2 way stainless steel and PVC
• Highest quality valves • Rilsan actuator can be water actuated • Supplied for ‘plug & play’ installation • Full range of accessories
Electrically actuated ball valves are ideal for use where compressed air is not available.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] (see datasheet for details)
The assemblies on this page offer on/off control, however a 4-20mA version is also available.
Actuator
L
20Nm
Technical Data Actuator 3003 Torque 20, 35, 60 & 100 Nm Power supply 15 - 30 V AC 50/60 Hz & 12 - 48 V DC 100 - 240 V AC 50/60 Hz & 100 - 350 V DC Limit switches 4 adjustable Standard Manual override IP66 with plug installed Protection Ambient temp -10 °C to + 55 °C Standard Heating resistor
H
35 - 100Nm
Orifice
Port
L
H
L1
10
G 1/4
136.5
123.7
60.5
12
G 3/8
60.5
15
G 1/2
63.5
20
G 3/4
10
G 1/4
12
G 3/8
60.5
15
G 1/2
63.5
20
G 3/4
75.5
25
G1
86
32
G 1 1/4
96
40
G 1 1/2
111
75.5 150.3
150.8
60.5
50
G2
129
65
G 2 1/2
152.5
L1 Ordering chart - stainless steel & PTFE seal Orifice
Port
Kv
Actuator
7 9 19 46 72 105 170 275 507
20 20 20 35 35 60 100 100 100
[mm]
Options • • • • •
3/2 way valves Body and seal materials Modulating 4-20mA control Heavy-duty actuator Version with hazardous area approval
10 12.7 15 20 25 32 40 50 65
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 G 2 1/2
Item no. 100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 15–30 V AC, 50/60 Hz 100–350 V DC 12–48 V DC 92133001 92133000 92133005 92133004 92133009 92133008 92133013 92133012 92133018 92133016 92133028 92133026 92133023 92133021 92133031 92133032 92133038 92133036
Ordering chart - PVC & PTFE/EPDM seal Orifice
Port
[mm]
[mm]
10 15 20 25 32 40 50
16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Kv
Actuator
4.8 12 23 46 66 105 204
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Home
Item no. 100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 15–30 V AC, 50/60 Hz 100–350 V DC 12–48 V DC 226 440 226 459 226 453 226 460 226 454 226 461 226 455 226 462 226 456 226 463 226 457 226 464 226 178 226 465
97
2671
Manual Butterfly Valves
• Lugged and wafer configuration • ISO standard • High quality materials • Engineered construction
All Bürkert butterfly valves are automation quality, with ISO mounting pad for assembly with an actuator.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] (see datasheet for details)
Metal butterfly valves have stainless steel 316L wetted parts and EPDM liner. The outer body is constructed with cast iron. Highly accurate machining delivers low operating torque, long service life and reliability. PVC butterfly valves have a full flanged body with universal hole pattern to suit most standards (lugged version available). Particularly suited to water treatment and aggressive applications.
Technical Data Nominal diameter Wafer Lugged Pressure range Temperature media
Body material Disc material Seal material Port connection Bore
2671 metal
2671 plastic
DN 20 – DN 1200 DN 20 – DN 600 0-16 bar –10 °C to + 120 °C (pressure, media and material dependent)
DN 40 – DN 200 DN 40 – DN 200 0-10 bar PVC 0 ºC - +60 ºC PP +10 ºC - +80 ºC PVDF 0 ºC - +120 ºC (see datasheet) PVC-U
Cast iron Stainless steel EPDM (others on request) Wafer and lugged Full
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
98
Kv
Pressure [bar]
85 215 420 800 1010 2100 4000 6400 8500
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10
Orifice
PTFE/EPDM Wafer (lugged on request) Full
Ordering chart - metal Orifice [mm]
Metal valve, see datasheet for PVC A
C
D
Di
E
50
126
210
95
48.5
43
65
134
227
115
63.5
46
80
157
261
138
78.5
46
100
167
282
158
98.5
52
125
180
307
188
123.5
56
150
203
353
212
148
56
200
228
404
268
199
60
250
266
478
320
248
68
300
291
528
370
296
78
Ordering chart - PVC Item no. Lugged Wafer 92144093 92115180 92146270 92110800 92144094 92118140 92144095 92113990 92149076 92118150 92144096 92113690 92144097 92118160 92143872 92118270 92146379 92144195
Orifice [mm] 65 80 100 125 150 200
Pressure [bar] 10 10 10 10 10 10
Item no. Wafer 92155092 92155093 92155094 92155096 92155097 92155098
8805
Pneumatically Actuated Butterfly Valves
• Highest quality valves • Rilsan actuator can be water actuated • Supplied for ‘plug & play’ installation • Full range of accessories Metal valve shown with positioner accessory
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Pneumatic butterfly valves are assembled with a rack and pinion style actuator. Where aggressive conditions indicate, a polyamide material actuator is favoured. In other conditions, a Rilsan and epoxy-coated alumium model is recommended. Coated inside and out with these effective protectants, this actuator is sufficiently resistant to moisture or particulate matter in pneumatic supply that it may be water-actuated.
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Rilsan actuator Polyamide actuator Aluminium with rilsan & Polyamide; cataphoresis cataphoresis coating; coated springs & clips silicone free -32 °C to 90 °C Media Temperature (for extended periods; higher on request) up to 8bar Pilot pressure Double acting (DA) and spring return (SR) Function Torque 17Nm to 5,043Nm 17Nm to 165.5Nm Double acting (@6 bar) (@ 6 bar) 6.7 - 1,769Nm (final) 6.5 - 103.3Nm (final) Spring return ISO-5211, DIN-3337, VDE-3845, NAMUR flange Mounting PED Directive 97-23-EC, ATEX Directive Certification Body material
Metal valve, see datasheet for PVC
Orifice
Ordering chart - PVC, EPDM liner Orifice [mm] 65 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200
Function Double Acting Spring Return Double Acting Spring Return Double Acting Spring Return Double Acting Spring Return Double Acting Spring Return Double Acting Spring Return
Actuator material Aluminium Polyamide 92155105 92155106 92155107 92155108 92155109 92155110 92155111 92155112 92155113 92155114 92155115 92155116 92155117 92155118 92155119 92155120 92155121 92155122 92155123 92155124 92155125 92155126 92155127 -
See accessories for pneumatically actuated rotary valves, page 76
C
G SR
G DA
H SR
H DA
50
208
331
326
224
201
65
226
349
344
224
201
80
239
378
357
264
201
100
288
435
410
310
224
125
319
494
457
356
264
150
360
551
535
429
356
200
405
677
580
598
356
250
487
759
677
598
429
300
543
815
815
598
444
Ordering chart - stainless steel disc, EPDM liner Orifice [mm] 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300
Kv
Pressure [bar]
85 215 420 800 2100 4000 6400 8500
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10
Home
Lugged Body DA SR 47200 44271 46271 47215 46991 44270 46272 46884 46381 47209 46108 47208 47201 47207 46380 47206
Wafer Body DA SR 17110 17310 17120 18090 10680 14420 18130 11110 17630 16970 15300 18100 16960 44193 44192 44194
99
Electrically Actuated Butterfly Valves On/off and modulating control
8804
Nominal bore 50mm - 200mm • Lockable handles • ISO standard • High quality materials • Engineered construction
Burkert offers butterfly valves ex-stock Australia. Bürkert butterfly valves are available in PVC and metal, with stainless steel wetted parts & cast iron body. All valves are automation quality, delivering high reliability and long service life. Mounted with them is the Type 3003 electric actuator. The electrical rotary actuator Type 3003 is a compact and powerful actuator system which provides a long service life. Materials and components have been chosen for maintenance-free operation even in aggressive environments and ensure low thermal loading on the actuator. The modular design offers many additional features to be added to the basic device such as extra limit switches, potentiometers and emergency power. With the control actuator version the input signals (eg. 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, 0-10 V) as well as the output signals can be programmed.
Technical Data Nominal bore Body material Seal material Actuator material Cover / Body Axis, screw Gear unit Power supply
2672 stainless steel 65 - 200mm 8 - 1200mm on request Cast metal body, stainless steel disc and wetted parts EPDM
Limit switches Standard signal Input Output Manual override Mechanical limits Optical position indicator
Ordering chart - PVC, EPDM liner Orifice 65 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200
Kv 170 170 355 355 590 590 985 985 1870 1870 3050 3050
Power 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz 100-240V AC 50/60Hz 15-30V AC 50/60Hz
& & & & & & & & & & & &
100-350V DC 12-48V DC 100-350V DC 12-48V DC 100-350V DC 12-48V DC 100-350V DC 12-48V DC 100-350V DC 12-48V DC 100-350V DC 12-48V DC
Wafer On/Off 4-20mA 92155128 92155129 92155130 92133304 92155132 92133305 92155133 92133308 92155134 92133309 92155135 92133313 92155136 92133314 92155137 92133318 92155138 92133319 92155139 92133323 92155140 92133324
Ordering chart - stainless steel disc, EPDM liner
100
Orifice
Kv
Power
50 50 65 65 80 80 100 100
85 85 215 215 420 420 800 800
15-30V AC 50/60Hz & 12-48V DC 100-240V AC50/60Hz & 100-350V DC 15-30V AC 50/60Hz & 12-48V DC 100-240V AC50/60Hz & 100-350V DC 15-30V AC 50/60Hz & 12-48V DC 100-240V AC50/60Hz & 100-350V DC 15-30V AC 50/60Hz & 12-48V DC 100-240V AC50/60Hz & 100-350V DC
On/off Control Lugged Wafer 92133137 92133109 92133107 92133111 92133141 92133114 92133143 92133006 92133146 92133118 92133148 92129758 92133151 92133108 92133153 92133300
2672 PVC 50 - 100mm 40 - 200mm on request PVC body & disc EPDM
Nylon / PA 6.6 Stainless steel Stainless steel and PC 15 - 30 V AC 50/60 Hz / 12 - 48 V DC 100 - 240 V AC 50/60 Hz / 100 - 350 V DC 4 adjustable; 2 for motor & 2 additional for feedback 0-10V, 4-20mA, 0-20mA 0-10V, 4-20mA, 0-20mA Standard Standard Standard
Accessories for rotary valves
8805 Accessories
Ball and butterfly types
• Visual indicators • Proximity feedbacks • Positioners • Positioner with PID process controller
Bürkert ball and butterfly valves are automation ready, with a series of suitable accessories available. Accessories are designed to increase the functionality of your rotary valve and expand the amount of information obtained from the instrument.
Top Mounted Switch Box Description Bürkert Size 1 Mechanical Switch Box (PW to P30 Actuators) Bürkert Size 3 Mechanical Switch Box (P40 to P70 Actuators)
Positioner & Process Controller Item no. 92150858 92150607
Body material: Aluminium die cast // polycarb Protection: IP67 Temperature: -20 °C - 80 °C Voltage: < 250 V Includes: Dual glands, terminal strip for pilot valve connection
Description Positioner assembly for rotary valves, with Type 8792 Positioner Positioner assembly for rotary valves, with Type 8792 Positioner including analogue feedback Positioner assembly for rotary valves, with Type 8793 Positioner and PID Process Controller Positioner assembly for rotary valves, with Type 8793 Positioner and PID Process Controller, including analogue feedback
Item no. 92133832 92133867 92133833 92134636
Body material: Aluminium, plastic coated Protection: IP65 / IP67 Voltage: 24 V DC Hazardous area certified versions available
Dual Proximity Feedback Description Switch Assembly PW to P30 Actuators Switch Assembly P40-P50 Actuators
Item no. Standard Ex ia IIC T5 92146787 92146862 92146860
92146863
Body material: PBT Protection: IP67 Temperature: -25 °C - 70 °C Voltage: 10-30 V DC Standard PNP version with M12 ease-on socket Ex ia version with M12 moulded cable, 5m PVC lead (blue)
Home
101
Sensors, Transmitters & Controllers
102
INLINE Flowmeter for Continuous Flow Measurement
In-Line Flowmeter for Monitoring, Switching and Display
INLINE Flow Transmitter for continuous flow measurement
S030 and S020 flow fittings
Fittings for 8202 & 8222 pH and Conductivity Sensors
Batch Controller for panel or wall mounting
INSERTION paddle wheel flowmeter for continuous flow measurement
INSERTION Magmeter with display
Full bore INLINE Magmeter
INLINE Positive Displacement flow fittings
Tuning-Fork Level Switch
Radar Level Transmitter for Liquids
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter for General Application
pH/ORP Transmitter & Conductivity transmitter
Inductive conductivity meter
Pressure transmitter / Switch
Pressure Transmitter for general applications
Temperature Transmitter / Switch with display
Universal Process Controller eCONTROL
Multi-channel, multi-functional transmitter/ controller
Volumetric flow in time
kv = Q .
1 ∆p
Standard conversion factors Table: Viscosity of commonly used liquids Dynamic viscosity (centipoise) & kinematic viscosity (centistokes)
Selection Help – Flow Velocity Considerations
Definition: The flow reference variable Kv
Home
103
SE30
INLINE Flowmeter for Continuous Flow Measurement
For use with fitting S030, DN15-50 mm • Turn & Lock bayonet fitting isolates
sensor from media • Economic integration in pipe systems • 3-wire frequency version for direct
connection to PLC (PNP and NPN) • Connection to Bürkert evaluators in
remote versions Please see fitting S030
Unique bayonet style flow meter constructed from an SE30 sensor and an S030 flow fitting. Perfect for neutral, solid free liquids. A hall-effect sensor
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
produces a square wave frequency proportional to the flow rate.
Technical Data
(Standard)
General data Compatibility
With fittings S030 (see corresp. datasheet)
Materials Housing, cover, male fixed conn. PC PA / NBR / Stainless steel Cable plug / seal / screws Wetted parts materials Brass, stainless steel 1.4404/316L, Fitting, sensor armature PVC, PP, PVDF PVDF Paddle wheel Ceramics / FKM or EPDM ( Axis, bearing / Seal depending on Sensor-Fitting version)
Electrical connection
Cable plug EN 175301-803 (Type 2508)
A
B
C
44
54
66
(included in delivery)
Connection cable
max. 1.5 mm2 cross section; max. 50 m length, shielded
Complete device data (fitting + electronic module)
Electrical data
Pipe diameter
DN06 to DN65
Measuring range
0.3 to 10 m/s
Medium temp. with fitting in PVC / PP Stainless steel, brass, PVDF
0 to 50°C / 0 to 80°C -15 to 100°C
Medium pressure max.
PN10 (with plastic fitting) PN16 (with metal fitting)
Operating voltage
transmitter the device is connected for “Low Power” version)
(PN40 on request, see S030 data sheet)
Viscosity / Pollution
300 cSt. max. / max. 1%
Current consumption Hall version Hall “Low power” version Output: Frequency Hall version
(Size of particles 0.5 mm max.)
Measurement error Teach-In Standard K-factor
±1% of Reading1) (at the teach flow rate value) ±2.5% of Reading1)
Linearity
±0.5% of F.S.*1)
Repeatability
±0.4% of Reading
1)
Environment Ambient temperature
-15 to + 60°C (5 to 140°F) (operating and storage)
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, without condensation
* F.S. = Full scale (10 m/s) 1) Under reference conditions i.e. measuring fluid = water, ambient and water temperature = 20°C (68°F), applying the minimum inlet and outlet pipe straights, matched inside pipe dimensions. Options • Ex version • High temp version
104
12 - 36 V DC filtered and regulated (via Bürkert
Hall “Low Power” version
with sensor ≤ 30 mA ≤ 0.8 mA 2 transistors NPN and PNP, open collector, max. 100 mA, frequency: 0 to 300 Hz; duty cycle 1/2 ±10% NPN output: 0.2-36 V DC PNP output: supply voltage 1 transistor NPN, open collector, max. 10 mA, frequency: 0 to 300 Hz; duty cycle 1/2 ±10%
Dielectric strength
2300 V AC
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected
Standards and approvals Protection class Standard and directives EMC Pressure Vibration Shock
IP65 with connector plugged-in and tightened EN 61000-6-2, 61000-6-3 Complying with article 3 of §3 from 97/23/ CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 EN 60068-2-27
Options
(Standard)
• • • • • • •
* For the 97/23/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (dependent on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid).
Type of fluid
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 25 only
Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 32 or DN > 32 and PN*DN ≤ 1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b
PN*DN ≤ 2000
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b
DN ≤ 200
AS-i Connection Hygienic clamp and ASME weld end connections ANSI flange connection PVDF and PP fittings. High flow fittings (8020) to DN350 mm Various sealing materials Individual calibration certificate
SE30
Technical Data
Pressure/Temperature Diagram P (bar) 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -30
A Metal
PVDF PVC + PP
PVDF (PN10)
PVC (PN10)
50 x DN 5 x DN
PP (PN10) -10
+10
+30
+50
+70
+90
+110
T °C
A: Application range for complete device (fitting + flowmeter)
40 x DN 5 x DN
Installation 5 x DN
25 x DN x DN 5 x DN EN ISO 5167-1 prescribes the inlet and outlet distances that must be observed50when installing fittings in pipe lines to achieve calm flow conditions. Below you will find the most important layouts that could lead to turbulence in the flow, and the associated prescribed minimum inlet and outlet distances.
Make sure that the measuring point is steady, to ensure good measuring conditions DN = Pipe diameter Control valve
40 x DN 5 x DN
2 x 90° elbow joint 3 dimensional
Ordering Chart
25 x DN 5 x DN
90° elbow joint or T-joint 40 x DN 5 x DN
20 x DN 5 x DN
25 x DN 5 x DN
18 x DN 5 x DN
Description
20 x DN 5 x DN
18 x DN 5 x DN
Pipe diameter reduction 15 x DN 5 x DN
Item no. 423 913
Hall Hall (use with 8025)
20 x DN 5 x DN
Pipe diameter expansion
2 x 90° elbow joint 50 x DN 5 x DN
Flow direction -->
15 x DN 5 x DN
423 914 449 694
High temperature * *see separate datasheet 8030, for high temperatures
18 x DN 5 x DN
Note: The electronic module, SE30 and the fitting, S030 must be ordered separately
15 x DN 5 x DN
Home
105
SE32
In-Line Flowmeter for Monitoring, Switching and Display
For use with fitting S030, DN15-50 mm • Monitor, switch and transmit functions • Large display • Free configurable switching point
Please see fitting S030
The 8032 flowmeter consists of a SE32 transmitter and a S030 fitting. It is used for measuring clean, neutral or aggressive liquids. It is available
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(compact version)
with freely configurable switching outputs (transistor or relay) or 4-20 mA process output value.
Technical Data General data Compatibility Materials Housing, cover Front panel folio/Screws Cable plug/connector M12 Wetted parts materials: Fitting, sensor armature/ Seal Paddle-wheel / Axis, bearings
With fittings S030 (see corresponding data sheet) PC, glass fibre reinforced Polyester / Stainless steel PA / PA or CuZn, nickel-plated Brass, stainless steel, PVC, PP or PVDF / FKM (EPDM option) PVDF / Ceramics
Display
8-digit LCD with backlighting
Electrical connections
Cable plug acc. to EN 175301-803, free positionable male M12 connector, 5 pins or male M12 connector, 8 pins (included in delivery)
Voltage supply cable
0.5 mm2 max. cross section; max. 100 m long, shielded
Remote sensor connection 0.5 mm2 max. cross section; max. 50 m long, shielded Complete device data (fitting S030 + electronic module SE32) Pipe diameter
DN06 to DN65
Measuring range
0.3 to 10 m/s
Medium temperature
0 to 50°C (with PVC fitting) / 0 to 80°C (with PP fitting) / -15 to 100°C (with stainless steel, brass or PVDF fitting)
Fluid pressure max.
PN10 (145.1 PSI) (with plastic fitting) PN16 (232.16 PSI) (with metal fitting)
Viscosity / Pollution
300 cSt. max. / 1% max. (particle size 0.5 mm max.)
Measurement error Teach-In Standard K-factor
±1% of Reading1) (at the teach flow rate value) ±3% of Reading1)
Operating mode
Threshold: window or hysteresis
Linearity1)
±0.5% of F.S.*
Repeatability1)
±0.4% of Reading
* F.S. = Full scale (10 m/s) 1) Under reference conditions i.e. measuring fluid = water, ambient and water temperature = 20°C, applying the minimum inlet and outlet pipe straights, matched inside pipe dimensions.
106
A
B
C
D
54
54
50
116
Options • • • • • • •
Wall or cabinet mounting AS-i Connection (on request) Hygienic clamp and ASME weld end connections ANSI flange connection PVDF and PP fittings Various sealing materials Individual calibration certificate,
Technical Data
(cont..)
Operating voltage Compact version
Filtered and regulated 12-36 V DC ±10%
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected
Current consumption Compact version
≤ 90 mA (without load)
Input Frequency (remote version)
Pulse signal: 2 to 400 Hz input impedance: 10 kΩ
Outputs Transistor
Relay (compact version) Process value (compact version)
4 to 20 mA measurement error
SE32
Electric Data
NPN and/or PNP (selectable), open collector, max. 700 mA, 500 mA max. per transistor if both transistor outputs are wired, 0 to 300 Hz NPN-output: 0.2 - 36 V DC PNP-output: Power supply protected against short circuit. 3 A/250 V AC or 3 A/30 V DC; [3 A/48 V AC or 3 A/30 V DC]2. 4 to 20 mA, galvanic insulation Loop resistance: 1300 Ω at 36 V DC, 1000 Ω at 30 V DC, 700 Ω at 24 V DC, 450 Ω at 18 V DC, 200 Ω at 12 V DC
±1%
Environment Ambient temperature
-10 to + 60 °C (operating and storage)
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, without condensation
* For the 97/23/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (depend on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid
Standards, directives and approvals Protection class
IP65 with connector plugged-in and tightened correctly
Standard, directives EMC Security Pressure (Fitting S030, DN06 to DN65, in PVC, PP, PVDF, stainless steel or brass)
Vibration / Shock
EN 610006-2, 610006-3 EN 61010-1 Complying with article 3 of Chap. 3 from 97/23/CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27
Type of fluid
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 25 only
Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 32 or DN > 32 and PN*DN ≤ 1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b
PN*DN ≤ 2000
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b
DN ≤ 200
Ordering Charts NPN
Output
Connection Cable plug
Item No. 436 474
PNP
Cable plug
434 871
M12 connection
436 473
Relay
Cable plug & M12
436 475
4 - 20 mA & Relay
Cable plug & M12
560 547
NPN & PNP
Note: other cable lengths on request The SE32 electronic module and the S030 fitting must be ordered separately.
Accessories Output
Male M12 connector, 4 pins, with plastic threaded locking ring, for remote version Male M12 connector, 4 pins, moulded on cable (2 m, shielded), for remote version Female M12 connector, 5 pins, with plastic threaded locking ring Female M12 connector, 5 pins, moulded on cable (2 m, shielded)
Item No. 448 856 448 857 917 116 438 680
Female M12 connector, 8 pins, with plastic threaded locking ring
444 799
Female M12 connector, 8 pins,moulded on cable (2 m, shielded)
444 800
Cable plug EN 175301-803 with cable gland (Type 2508)
438 811
Cable plug EN 175301-803 with NPT1/2“ reduction without cable gland (Type 2509)
162 673
Home
107
INLINE Flow Transmitter for continuous flow measurement
SE35
For use with fitting DN15-50 mm • Displays both flow rate and volume (with
two totalizers) • Automatic calibration: Teach-In • Simulation: all output signals
See appropriate fittings S030
The flow transmitter is specially designed for use in neutral, slightly aggressive, solid free liquids. The transmitter is made up of a compact fitting
Dimension [mm]
(see datasheet for more details)
with paddle-wheel (S030) and an electronic module (SE35) quickly and easily connected together by a Quarter-Turn
Technical data General data Compatibility
with fittings S030 (see corresponding data sheet)
Materials Housing, cover, lid, nut Front panel foil / Screws Cable plug or glands Wetted parts materials Fitting, sensor armature Paddle-wheel Axis and bearing / Seal
PC Polyester / Stainless steel PA Brass, stainless steel 1.4404/316L, PVC, PP or PVDF PVDF Ceramics / FKM (EPDM included but non-mounted)
A
B
C
Display
15x60 mm, 8-digit LCD, alphanumeric, 15 segments, 9 mm high
84
116
88
Electrical connections
Cable plug EN175301-803 or cable glands M20x1.5 or none (for battery version) max. 50 m, shielded cable with 1.5 mm2 max. cross-section (cable plug included)
Complete device data (Fitting S030 + electronics) Pipe diameter
DN06 to DN65
Measuring range
0.5 m/s to 10 m/s (Battery ver. - Coil transducer) 0.3 m/s to 10 m/s (Hall transducer version)
Fluid temperature with fitting in PVC / PP… PVDF, brass or stainless steel
0°C to 50°C / 0°C to 80°C) -15°C to 100°C
Fluid pressure max.
PN10 (145.1PSI) (with plastic fitting) - PN16 (232.16PSI) ( with metal fitting - PN40 on request, see S030 data sheet) - see Pressure/Tempera-
ture diagram Viscosity / Pollution
300 cSt. max. / 1% max. (size: 0.5 mm max.)
Measurement error Teach-In… Standard K-factor
±1% of Reading1) (at the teach flow rate value) ±2.5% of Reading1)
Linearity
±0.5% of F.S.*1)
Repeatability
±0.4% of reading1)
Under reference conditions i.e. measuring fluid=water, ambient and water temperature=20°C (68°F), applying the minimum inlet and outlet pipe straights, matched inside pipe dimensions
1)
* F.S.=Full scale (10 m/s)
108
Options • E lectrical connection acc. to EN 75301-803 Type 2508 (Item no. 438 811) or Type 2509 (Item no. 162 673) • PVDF or PP Fittings. • High flow rates (8025) up to DN350 mm • Various seal materials • Special calibration certificate
Technical data
(continued)
Electrical data
Battery indicator/totalizer version
12-36 V DC ±10%, filtered and regulated, SELV (extra low safety voltage) circuit with a non dangerous energy level or 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz (see tech. spec. 115/230 V AC) 2 x 9 V DC batteries, lifetime min. 1 year at 20°C
Reversed polarity of DC
protected
Current consumption with sensor
≤ 70 mA at 12 V DC - transmitter with relays ≤ 25 mA at 12 V DC - transmitter without relay
(without consumption of pulse output)
Output Standard signal version Signal current
Relay Battery indicator/totalizer version
4-20 mA (3-wire with relays; 2-wire without relay) max. loop impedance: 900 Ω at 30 V DC; 600 Ω at 24 V DC; 50 Ω at 12 V DC; 800 Ω with a 115/230 V AC voltage supply Polarized, potential free, 5 to 36 V DC; 100 mA, protected, line drop at 100 mA: 2.5 V DC 2 relays, freely configurable, 3 A, 230 V AC None
4 to 20 mA measurement error
±1%
Pulse
SE35
Power supply (V+) Standard signal version
Environment Height above sea level
max. 2000 m
Ambient temperature (operation and storage)
0°C to +60°C (12-36 V DC or battery version) 0°C to +50°C (115/230 V AC version)
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, without condensation
Technical specifications 115/230 V AC Voltage supply available inside the device
* For the 2006/95/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (depend on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid).
27 V DC regulated, max. current: 125 mAintegrated protection: fuse 125 mA temporised power: 3 VA
Type of fluid
Standard, directives and approvals Protection class Standard EMC Safety Pressure (Fitting S030, DN06 to DN65, in PVC, PP, PVDF, stainless steel or brass)
Vibration / Shock
IP65 with cable plug or gland mounted and tightened or with obturator locked if not used. EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 EN 61010-1
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a DN25 only Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 32, or DN > 32 and PN*DN ≤ 1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b PN*DN ≤ 2000
Complying with article 3 of chp. 3 from 2006/95/CE directive* EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b DN ≤ 200
Ordering chart Supply voltage
12 - 36 V/DC
115 - 230 V/50 Hz
2 x 9 V/ DC Batteries
Outputs 4 - 20 mA (2 -wire) + Pulse
Electrical connection Cable plug
Item no. 444 005
2 cable glands
444 006
4 - 20 mA (3 -wire) + Pulse + Relays
2 cable glands
444 007
4 - 20 mA (2-wire) + Pulse
2 cable glands
423 922
4 - 20 mA (3 -wire) + Pulse + Relays
2 cable glands
423 924
-
None
423 921
Note: The SE35 electronic module and the S030 fitting must be ordered separately
Accessories Specifications
Set with 2 cable glands M20x1.5 + 2 neoprene flat seals for cable gland or plug + 2 screw-plugs M20x1.5 + 2 multiway seals 2x6 mm Set with 1 stopper for unused cable gland M20x1.5 + 1 multiway seal 2x6 mm for cable gland + 1 black EPDM seal for the sensor + 1 mounting instruction sheet
Home
Item no. 449 755 551 775
109
Fittings
S030 and S020 flow fittings
Inline fitting S030 Insertion fitting S020
S020 PVC
• Wide range of materials and
process connections • S020 up to big Sizes • Metal up to 16 bar • Plastic up to 10 bar
SO30 PVC
Ordering Chart S030 (for SE30, SE32, SE36) Size
PVC (ASTM) true union, FKM
Brass G
Stainless G Standard
Stainless G High temp.
PVDF ISO 10931
6
552560
552527
552559
-
-
8
444025
444023
444029
-
-
15
423 950
423 980
424 004
449 726
423 968
20
423 951
423 981
424 005
449 727
423 969
25
423 952
423 982
424 006
449 728
423 970
32
423 953
423 983
424 007
449 729
423 971
40
423 954
423 984
424 008
449 730
423 972
50
423 955
423 985
424 009
449 731
423 973
65
–
–
–
–
–
DN
Ordering Chart S020 (for 8026, 8041, 8045) - Short sensor Size DN
PVC (ASTM) Brass G true union, FKM internal, FKM
Stainless G internal, FKM
15
428 682
428 712
428 736
20
428 683
428 713
428 737
25
428 684
428 714
428 738
32
428 685
428 715
428 739
40
428 686
428 716
428 740
50
428 687
428 717
428 741
Long sensor St.St. welding tab
Brass welding tab
Polypropylene screw fitting
Saddles Imperial Pipes
418 111
92151047
65
418 112
80
418 113
Specify length on order
100
418 114
92106560
92115780
563134
125
418 115
150
418 116
Specify length on order
Specify length on order
563135
200
418 117
250
418 756
300
420 070
350
416 637
Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
110
Brass screw fitting
Depending on the sensor type, the right flow rate has to be chosen to get the best accuracy. The higher the flow velocity, the lower the measurement error, but the higher the pressure loss. The following chart will help you find the correct fitting diameter for your application depending on flow velocity and sensor technology. Pipes for fluids similar to water are generally designed for an average flow velocity of approx. 2 to 3 m/s or 6-10 ft/s.
Flow rate [GPM]
Diagram for nominal diameter selection [l/min] 55000
8000
[m3/hr] 4000 2000
DN 400 DN 350 DN 300 DN 250
1000
DN 200
500
DN 150 DN 125
200
DN 100 DN 80
100
DN 65
10000 1,600
5000
800
DN 50 (DN 65)*
1000 160
50
DN 40 (DN 50)*
500
80
DN 32 (DN 40)* 20
DN 25 (DN 32)*
10
DN 20 (DN 25)*
100 16
Selection help
Selection Help – Flow Velocity Considerations
DN 15 (DN 15 or DN 20)*
5 50
8 20
DN 10
2
DN 8
1
DN 6
10 1.6 0.8
5 3 2 1
0.16 0.08
0.5 0.3 0.2
*for following fittings: – with external threads acc. to SMS 1145 – with weld-ends acc. to SMS 3008, BS 4825 | ASME BPE or DIN 11850 Series 2 – clamp acc. to SMS 3017 / ISO 2852, BS 4825 / ASME BPE or DIN 32676
0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.1 0.33
0.2 0.3 0.65 1
0.5 1.6
1 3.3
2 6.6
3 10
5 16.4
10 [m/s] 33 [ft/s]
Flow velocity
8030 HT 8011 / 12 / 20 / 25 / 26 /30 / 32 / 35 / 36 /39 8041 / 8045 8051 / 55 / 56
Home
111
Fittings for 8202 & 8222 pH and Conductivity Sensors
SO22 Fittings
1” - 3” pipe and tank mount fittings • Simple installation guaranteed • Range of chemically compatible
materials • Modular concept for pH,
ORP and conductivity
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Fittings to connect the compact analytical transmitters to the media. Materials included are PVC-U, PP, Stainless steel, and PVC thread. For chemical resistance details please download our chemical resistance booklet from our website www.burkert.co.nz
G 1" 1/2
3
36
43 Metal (PN16)
4.55
Ø24.3
Ø33.4
2
PVC + PP
G 1" 1/2
PVC (PN10) PP (PN10) -10
+10
G 1" 1/4
15.2
232 215 200 188 175 160 145 130 115 100 87 72 60 45 30 15 0
52
Pressure [bar]
Pressure / temperature chart
18
17
1
(see datasheet for details)
+30
+50
+70
+90
+110
+130
Temperature [°C] Note: Always take lowest max. medium temp. of both adapter and used ELEMENT transmitter.
Ø24.3 Ø33.7 Ø44.4
Adaptation overview Adaptor S022
Piping systems
DN
Description
Materials Body / Seal
Type of Installation
Item no.
32 up to 110 (06 up to 25 with reduction)
ASTM solvent adaptor with G1 1/2” external threaded for ELEMENT transmitter connection
PVC-U / FKM, EPDM
Solvent weld on 1”x1” to 3”x1” Tee fitting
561 227
Respect recommendations of installation
Welding adaptor with G 1½” external threaded for ELEMENT transmitter connection
Respect recommendations of installation
G 11/4” screw-on adaptor with G 1½” external threaded for ELEMENT transmitter connection
1
PVC-U, PP metric or ASTM
2
Stainless steel **
3 PVC-U, G or G 1 1/4” screw-on
** Please ask for Material Test Reports (MTRs) at time of ordering if required.
Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
112
Stainless steel / To weld directly on pipe FKM, EPDM
PVC-U / FKM, EPDM
To screw on tank or pipe
561 232
560 707
Volumetric flow in time How to work out Kv Example The Kv value is a reference variable that represents how many cubic An on/off valve requires chilled water flow of 300 lt/min with the process meters m3 (1000 litres) will flow per hour, based on water at 25°C, with 1 at 4 bar. Pressure drop is to be less than 0.5 bar. bar differential pressure across the valve. 300 lt/min = 18 m3/hr
kv = Q .
1 ∆p
Definition: Kv
Definition: The flow reference variable Kv
Kv = 18 x √ (1/(0.5)) = 18 x 1.41 = 25.45 Using the above formula, you require a valve with a kv of 25.45. So allowing for some safety margin, you could use a 40mm angle seat valve (see page 2.05).
Temp Flow
Standard conversion factors Input Unit (to go from)
Multiple or Equation
Output Unit (to get)
Cv (US gallon/min)
Kv = 0.86 x Cv
Kv (m3/hr)
Kv
(m3/hr)
Cv = 1.163 x Kv
Cv (US gallon/min)
Farenheit
°C = (°F - 32) x 0.555
Celcius
Celcius
°F = (1.8 x °C) + 32
Farenheit
Table: Viscosity of commonly used liquids
Dynamic viscosity (centipoise) & kinematic viscosity (centistokes)
Viscosity is a measure of the degree of internal friction experienced (ie interaction between fluid atoms & molecules). Viscosity has a major influence on the pipe designs of installations since, at constant flow velocity and with a rise of viscosity (media becoming more viscous), the pressure loss in a pipe also rises and either the flow velocity drops or the upstream pressure needs to be increased in order to maintain a constant flow velocity. The medium temperature also influences the viscosity. While with water, the change in viscosity can frequently be ignored, it is essential to allow for it e.g. in the case of oils. Specific gravity is a unitless ratio of the density of a medium, divided by the density of water.
Liquid/Temp. [°C]
Dynamic Viscosity h [cP]
Kinematic Viscosity u [cSt]
Specific Gravity
Water/20°C
1.01
1.01
1
Turpentine/20°C
1.46
1.7
0.86
Juice
2 .. 5
Milk
3.2
4
Cream
16.5
20.6
Glycol (20°C)
19.90
Vegetable oil
34.6
43.2
0.912-0.924
SAE 10 motor oil
88
110
0.88 .. 0.935
107.5
117
0.919
Tomato juice
176
220
SAE 30 oil
352
440
0.88 .. 0.935
Detergent 20°C
360
350
1.028
Glycerine
880
1100
1.26
SAE 50 motor oil
1561
1735
0.88 .. 0.935
Honey
1760
2200
Mayonnaise
5000
6250
Sour cream
15,200
19,000
Olive oil/20°C
Home
113
8025/8035 Batch controller
Batch Controller for panel or wall mounting
7 batch sizes, 2 relay outputs • Controls 7 batches automatically • Fast fill and fine control for accuracy • Shows both flow rate and volume
See flow sensor 8020, 8030, 8070
The remote 8025 batch controller can be connected (with pulse output signal) with Bürkert flowmeters Type 8020, 8030, 8070 or other flow sensor devices which emit a frequency signal. The remote 8025 is a batch controller with display, available in wallmounted and panel versions:
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Wall Mount A
B
C
126
90
149
The panel version is made up of an electronics integrated in an open housing with display. The electrical connection is carried out on the terminal blocks of the electronics board The wall-mounted version is made up of an electronics board which is integrated in a housing with a cover and display. The electrical connection is made via the terminal blocks of the electronic board via 5 cable glands.
Technical data Housing material
ABS, PC*
Front panel foil
Polyester
Screws
Stainless Steel
Cable gland
PA
Ambient temperature
-10 ºC to +60 ºC
Display
15 x 60 mm, 8–digit LCD, alphanumeric, 15 segments, 9 mm high
Voltage supply
12–30 V DC or 115/230 V AC, 50-60 Hz
Panel Mount A 88
B 25
C 88
Current consumption with (without consumption of 4-20 mA output of the flowmeter) sensor ≤ 90 mA (bei 12 V DC); ≤ 45 mA (bei 36 V DC) ≤ 55 mA (115/230 V AC) Electrical protection
Reversed polarity of DC protected
Compatibility with … Bürkert sensors
Any Bürkert flow sensor with frequency output (8020, 8030, 8030HT, 8041, 8031, 8070, 8071)
Compatibility with other sensors
Any open collector NPN, coil, TTL, CMOS Outputs
2 relays, freely programmable, 3A, 230 V AC
Electrical connections
Terminal strip (cabinet mounting version) or terminal strip by threaded connections (version wall mounting) Cable glands M20 x 1.5, max. 50 m protected cable with 1.5 mm ² max. cross-section
Flow input frequency
2.5 Hz up to 700 Hz
Sensor power supply
12-30 or 0-18 V DC, 100 mA max. (24 V DC Version); +15 V DC or +27 V DC , 25 mA max.
0.2 to 1.5 mm2 cross-section, shielded cable, 4... 8 mm diameter (for the cable glands of the wall-mounted version)
Ingress protection
Recommended cable
(115 V AC version)
* Panel mount version.
Optionv • Compact inline mount
114
IP65, IP65 (front)*
(continued)
Electrical data
Technical specifications 115/230 V AC
Power supply (V+) Panel- and wall-mounted version 12 - 36 V DC (max tolerance: -5% or +10% at 12 V VC; ±10% at 36 V DC), filtered and regulated, SELV (safety extra low voltage) circuit with a non dangerous Wall-mounted version energy level, 115/230 V AC 50/60 Hz (see technical specifications 115/230 V AC)
Supply voltage available inside the device
Reversal polarity of DC
Protected
Current consumption with sensor
(without consumption of current output of the flowmeter) ≤ 90 mA (at 12 V DC); ≤ 45 mA (at 36 V DC); ≤ 55 mA (115/230 V AC)
Controller input (from sensor) Frequency range
0.6 Hz to 2.2 kHz, max. voltage: 36 V DC Open collector NPN (with 470 Ω or 2.2 kΩ resistance) or PNP, Coil, TTL, CMOS (with 39 kΩ resistance)
Controller output (to sensor) Voltage supply
Standards, directives and approvals Protection class (according to EN60529)
IP65 (panel-mounted and wall-mounted version) device wired and cable glands tightened screwed tight IP20 (panel-mounted version, inside the cabinet)
Approvals
CE; UL-Recognized for US and Canada (61010-1 + CAN/CSA-C22 No.61010-1)
Pressure / temperature chart
- with a 12 - 36 V DC powered controller: 10.5... 34.5 V DC [=(V+) - 1.5 V DC], 140 mA max. 0... 23.5 V DC [=(V+) - 12.5 V DC], 80 mA max. non regulated 5 V DC, 30 mA max. - with a 115/230 V AC powered controller: +27 V DC, 80 mA max. +14.5 V DC [=(V+) - 12.5 V DC] 80 mA max. non regulated 5 V DC, 30 mA max.
Inputs DI (1 to 4)
P (bar) 11
NPN or PNP (wiring dependent), potential free; function: pulse output (by default for DO1), state (by default for DO4), configurable and parameterizable 0.6 - 2200 Hz, 5 - 36 V DC, 100 mA max., line drop 2.7 V DC at 100 mA duty cycle: > 0.45 if 0.6 < frequency < 300 Hz > 0.4 if 300 < frequency < 1500 Hz < 0.4 if 1500 < frequency < 2200 Hz Galvanic insulation, protected against overvoltage, polarity reversals and short-circuits 2 relays (normally open), parameterizable (by default: DO2 always configured to control the valve, parameterized of 100% of the batch quantity and DO3 configured as alarm), 230 V AC/3 A or 40 V DC/3 A (resistive load), max. cutting power of 750 VA (resistive load)
A
10 9
Metal
PVDF
8
PVDF (PN10)
PVC + PP
7 6 5
Switching threshold Von: 5... 36 V DC; Switching threshold Voff max: 2 V DC; Input impedance: 9.4 KOhms; Galvanic insulation, protected against polarity reversals and voltage spike
Outputs Transistors (DO1 and DO4)… … … … … … … … … … … Relays (DO2 and DO3)
Wall-mounted version: Voltage supply: 27 V DC regulated, Max. current: 250 mA Integrated protection: fuse 250 mA temporised Power: 6 VA
8025 Batch controller
Technical data
4
PVC (PN10)
3 2
PP (PN10)
1 0
-10
+10
+30
+50
+70
T (°C)
A: Application range for complete device (fitting + flowmeter)
Ordering Chart: 8035 Description
Compact Wall Mount Panel Mount
Totalizers
Relays
Connection
2
2 x 3A
2 2
Item no.
2 x M16 Gland
12 - 30 V DC 443360
115 - 230 V AC 423926
2 x 3A
5 x PG13.5 Gland
433740
433741
2 x 3A
Terminal Strip
419536
-
Home
115
INSERTION paddle wheel flowmeter for
8020
continuous flow measurement
• Economic integration in pipe systems
without any additional piping • 3-wire frequency pulse version to
irectly interface with PLC’s d (both PNP and NPN) • Connection to Bürkert devices in
remote versions
The paddle wheel flowmeter for continuous flow measurement is especially designed for use in neutral, slightly aggressive, solid free liquids.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
The Bürkert designed fitting system ensures simple installation of the devices into all pipes from DN20 to DN400 mm. The flowmeter produces a frequency pulse signal, proportional to the flow rate, which can easily be transmitted and processed by a Bürkert transmitter/controller.
Technical Data General data Compatibility Materials Housing / Union nut Cable plug Wetted parts materials Fitting Sensor armature, paddle wheel Axis, bearing / Seal
With fittings S020 (see datasheet) A
PE / PC PA
C
Brass, st. st. 1.4404/316L, PVC, PP, PVDF PVDF Ceramics / FKM (EPDM option)
Electrical connection
Cable plug EN 175301-803 (included)
Connection cable
1.5 mm2 cross section; Max. 50 m length, shielded
B
A 75
B
C 153
Complete device data (fitting + electronic module) Pipe diameter
DN20-400 mm
Measuring range
0.3 to 10 m/s
Medium temp. with fitting in PVC / PP Stainless steel, brass, PVDF
0 °C to +50 °C / 0 °C to +80 °C -15 °C to +80 °C
Medium pressure max.
PN10 (145.1 PSI)
Viscosity / Pollution
300 cSt. max. / max. 1%
Linearity
±0.5% of F.S.* (at 10 m/s)1)
Repeatability
≤ 0.4% of Reading1)
191
±0.5% of F.S.* (at 10 m/s)1) ±(0.5% of F.S.* + 2.5% of Reading)1)
153
(Size of particles 0.5 mm max.)
Accuracy Teach-In Standard K-factor
75
Environment Ambient temperature
-15 to 60 °C (5 to 140 °F) (operating and storage)
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, without condensation
* F.S. = Full scale (10 m/s) 1) Under reference conditions i.e. measuring fluid = water, ambient and water temperature = 20 °C, applying the minimum inlet and outlet pipe straights, matched inside pipe dimensions.
116
Note: The length of the sensor armature depends on the fitting used. See data sheet Type S020.
Technical Data
Pressure / temperature chart
(continued)
Electrical data 12 - 36 V DC (via Bürkert transmitter for “Low Power” version)
Current consumption Pulse version Pulse “Low power” version
with sensor ≤ 50 mA ≤ 0.8 mA
Output: Frequency Pulse version Pulse “Low Power” version Reversed polarity of DC
P (bar) 11 10 9
Transistor NPN/PNP, open collector, max. 100 mA, frequency: 0... 300 Hz; duty cycle 1/2 Transistor NPN, open collector, max. 10 mA, frequency: 0... 300 Hz; duty cycle 1/2
7
Protected
4
Vibration Shock
PVDF (PN10)
PVC + PP
6 5 PVC (PN10)
3 IP65 with connector plugged-in and tightened
Standard and directives EMC Pressure
Metal
PVDF
8
Standards and approvals Protection class
A
8020
Operating voltage
2
PP (PN10)
1
EN 61000-6-2, 61000-6-3 Complying with article 3 of §3 from 97/23/CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 EN 60068-2-27
0
-10
+10
+30
+50
+70
T (°C)
A: Application range for complete device (fitting + flowmeter)
* For the 97/23/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (depend on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid).
Type of fluid
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a
DN25 only
Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 32 or DN > 32 and PN*DN ≤ 1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b
DN ≤ 25 or DN > 25 and PN*DN ≤ 2000
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b
DN ≤ 400
Ordering Chart Description
Pulse version flowmeter (pluggable to Types 8025 Universal transmitter, batch controller; 8032; PLC)
Pulse “Low Power” version flowmeter (pluggable to Types 8025, 8032 transmitter)
Operating voltage 12 - 36 V DC
Output Frequency with PNP or NPN
Sensor version short long
from Transmitter
Frequency with NPN Pulse
short long
Electrical connection
Item no.
Cable plug DIN EN 175301803 Cable plug DIN EN 175301803 Cable plug DIN EN 175301803 Cable plug DIN EN 175301803
419 587 419 589 419 591 419 593
Note regarding the ordering of a complete sensor: The complete 8020 sensor consists of the Type S020 INSERTION fitting and the Type 8020 sensor. FKM seal in standard; 1 Kit including a black EPDM seal and a green FKM seal is supplied with each sensor. Please order the relevant INSERTION fitting and the sensor separately!
Accessories Set with 1 green FKM and 1 black EPDM gasket
Description
Item no. 552 111
Ring
619 205
Union nut
619 204
Cable plug EN 175301-803 with cable gland (Type 2508)
438 811
Cable plug EN 175301-803 with NPT 1/2“ reduction without cable gland (Type 2509)
162 673
Home
117
8045
INSERTION Magmeter with display
For use with fitting DN15-350 mm • Simple to read display • Easy push button menu • Clean in place • FDA approved
Please see fitting S020
With a stainless steel insertion finger and high quality electronic display module this unit is perfect for contaminated or aggressive fluids.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
4-20 mA and pulse output with optional 3A relays makes this a flexible solution for flow control, batching or CIP control in FDA applications.
A
(see datasheet for details)
B
Technical Data General data Compatibility Materials Housing, cover, nut / seal… PVDF sensor version Stainless steel sensor version Front panel foil… Protection lid / seal… PVDF sensor version Stainless steel sensor version Screws / Seal … Cable glands… Wetted parts material… Sensor holder Electrodes Seals Earth ring (PVDF sensor version) Electrode holder (St. Steel sensor version)
with Fittings S020 (see corresp. datasheet)
PC (glass fibre reinforced for housing) / NBR Black PPA (glass fibre reinforced) / NBR Polyester PC / silicone PSU / silicone Stainless steel / NBR PA with neoprene seal PVDF or Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22 G 2” connection: FKM (FDA approved) [EPDM (KTW approved)] Clamp connection: EPDM or FEP (to be ordered separately) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22 PEEK (FDA approved)
Surface finishing quality
Ra < 0.8 mm (Clamp connection)
Electrical connections
2 cable glands M20 x 1.5
Recommended cable
0.5 to 1.5 mm2 cross-section, shielded cable, 6... 12 mm diameter (if only one cable is used per cable gland) or 4 mm diameter (if two cables are used per cable gland with using the supplied multi-way seal)
Environment Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +60 °C (14 to 140°F) (operating) -20 °C to +60 °C (-4 to 140°F) (storage)
Relative humidity
< 85%, without condensation
Height above sea level
max. 2000 m
Complete device data (Fitting S020 + flowmeter)
118
Pipe diameter G 2”connection Clamp connection
DN06 to DN400 DN32 to DN100
Measuring range
0.2 to 10 m/s
Sensor element
Electrodes
C
Short Long
A 88 88
B 116 116
Options • PVDF finger for +80 ºC and 6 bar with PC housing • Hastelloy electrodes
Medium temperature PVDF sensor version Stainless steel sensor version
see Pressure/Temperature diagram 0 °C to 80 °C (32 to 176°F) (depends on fitting) -15 °C to 110 °C (5 to 230°F) (depends on fitting)
Medium pressure max. PVDF sensor version Stainless steel sensor version
see Pressure/Temperature diagram PN10 (145.1 PSI) PN10 (145.1 PSI) (with plastic fitting) PN16 (232.16 PSI) (with metal fitting)
Conductivity
min. 20 mS/cm
Accuracy Teach-In Standard K-factor
±0.5% of Reading1) (at the teach flow rate value) ±3.5% of Reading1)
C 181 218
(continued )
Linearity
±0.5% of F.S.1)
Standards, directives and approvals
Repeatability
±0.25% of Reading1)
Protection class
Under reference conditions i.e. measuring fluid=water, ambient and water temperature = 20 °C (68°F), applying the minimum inlet and outlet straight pipe lengths, matched inside pipe dimensions. * F.S.= of Full scale (10 m/s) 1)
Electrical data Operating voltage
18 - 36V DC filtered and regulated (3 wires) Tolerance: ±0.5%
Reversed polarity of DC
protected
Current consumption
≤ 300 mA (at 18V DC)
Digital input DI1
Supply voltage: 18 - 36V DC, input impedance 15 kΩ min. pulse duration: 200 ms Galvanic insulation, protected against polarity reversals of DC and voltage spikes
Digital outputs Transistor (DO1)
Type: NPN or PNP (wiring dependent), open collector Function: pulse output (by default), user configurable 0 - 250 Hz, 5 - 36V DC, 100 mA max., duty cycle if frequency > 2 Hz: 1/2; min. pulse duration if frequency < 2 Hz: 250 ms Galvanic insulation, protected against polarity reversals of DC and short-circuits 2 normally open relays, freely adjustable (hysteresis by default), 250V AC/3 A or 30V DC/3 A (resistive load), max. cutting power of 750 VA (resistive load); life span of min. 100000 cycles
Relay (DO2 and DO3)
Analogue output Current (AO1)
Relays
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 EN 61010-1 Complying with article 3 of §3 from 97/23/ CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 EN 60068-2-27 FDA (only for device with FKM seal and PEEK electrode holder) KTW (only for device with EPDM seal and PVDF sensor holder) Available version with CSA-Approved for US and Canada , on request C
US
* For the 97/23/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (dependent on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid).
Type of fluid
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a
Forbidden
Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN ≤ 32, or DN > 32 and PN*DN ≤ 1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b
PN*DN ≤ 2000
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b
DN ≤ 200 or PN ≤ 10 or PN*DN ≤ 5000
4... 20 mA, sink or source (wiring dependent), 22 mA to indicate a fault max. loop impedance: 1300 Ω at 36V DC, 1000 Ω at 30V DC, 700 Ω at 24V DC, 450 Ω at 18V DC
4... 20 mA output accuracy
Ordering Chart
Standards and directives EMC… Low voltage (LVD)… Pressure… Vibration… Shock Approvals
IP65, device wired and cable glands tightened and lid screwed tight
8045
Technical Data
±1%
(please order fitting separately)
Housing material PPA
Sensor version Short, Stainless Steel Long, Stainless Steel Short, Stainless Steel Long, Stainless Steel
Item no. 449670 449672 449671 449673
Clamp Stainless Steel FDA
564797
Clamp Stainless Steel FDA
564798
2 No 2
PPA
NB: Use long version INSERTION flow meters for installations in pipe > 200mm, or with tapping bands.
For clamp connection version Set with 1 stopper for unused cable gland M20 x 1.5 1 EPDM Fitting /Flow meter seal 1 FEP Fitting/Flowmeter seal Clamp Collar
Item no. 565384 730837 730839 731164
Note Delivered with 1 set 551 775 and 1 EPDM seal. To select a complete device the following items need to be ordered: • Product no. of the desired flow meter for Type 8045 • Product no. of the Type S020 fitting, for gauges with G 2” connector, must be ordered separately
Home
119
Full bore INLINE Magmeter
8051, 8055, 8056
1/4” to 6”, Up to 16 bar • High frequency sampling • Flow or Batch Control • Compact or remote version • 3 different electronics can be connected
to 4 different types of sensors Shown L-R; remote flanged sensor, compact hygienic clamp version & compact wafer version
These full bore magmeters accurately measure the flow of liquids with conductivities as low as 5 μS/cm with or without solids. Varied application envi-
System Architecture
ronments such as water, wastewater, sludge, slurries, pastes, acids, alkalis, juices, fruit pulp can easily be handled. This extremely robust, time tested design incorporates the latest electronics and when combined with a valve as the actuating element they can control high-precision dosing operations. A simple HMI and a wide range of materials, measuring tube liners and process connections makes this a simple choice.
Technical Data Housing material Ambient temperature Voltage supply Electrical connections Outputs
Ingress protection Approvals Size range Flow velocity Measuring error Linearity Repeatability Electrode material
Axis and bearing O-rings max. Fluid Temperature max. fluid pressure
(standard version SE56) Die cast aluminium or 304 Stainless steel -20 ºC – +60 ºC 90...265 V AC PG glands 1 x 4-20mA 2 x transistor (40V DC, 100mA, Fmax=1250Hz) Standard input 1 x digital (0 up to 40 V DC) IP67 CE 1/2" to 6" 0.4 to 10m/s ± 0.2% of Reading (for liquid velocity > 1m/s) ≤ ± 0.5% o.FS (at 10m/s) Repeatability better than 0.1% St.St. 316L (optional 3 x St.St. 316L or 4 x Hastelloy C / Titanium / Tantal / Platinum - Rhodium) Minimum conductivity 5 μS/cm FKM +100 ºC (PTFE lining), remote (PTFE) 130°C, +60 ºC (PP lining) Fluid pressure max. 232 PSI
Options • • • • • • • • •
120
All units available in all Sizes as standard Larger Sizes are available as standard Various sealing materials Individual calibration certificate Other options Remote versions (10/20m cable, IP68), blind version St.St. body and EN or ANSI flanges for S055 PTFE lining and PN40 pressure class for S054 and S055 2 relay outputs NO/NC 2A-250V AC, 60W 125V AC Hart, Profibus, RS232, RS485
+ SO51 SO54 SO55 SO56
= SE56 (St.St.) SE56 (AI) SE56 Basic (PA6)
For dimensions please see datasheet
8051 8054 8055 8056
Ordering Chart Transmitter / Batch Controller Electronics - SE56 Stainless steel Aluminium INLINE Flow Meter Connection Orifice [mm] Flow Range Lining BSPM fitting - S051 low flow - stainless steel body 1/4” 3 PTFE 0…250 l/h
Item no.
558 306 558 747 Item no.
554 321 PTFE 0…1000 l/h 553 065 1/2” 10 PTFE 0…3000 l/h 553 374 3/4” 15 PTFE 0…6000 l/h 553 481 1” 20 PTFE 0…12500 l/h 553 539 Wafer fitting - S054 general purpose - carbon steel body 1” 25 PP 0…18 m3/h 554 532 1 1/2” 40 PP 0…45 m3/h 554 101 2” 50 PP 0…72 m3/h 554 700 ANSI flange fitting - S055 general purpose - carbon steel body 1” 25 PP 0…18 m3/h 554 353 1 1/2” 40 PP 0…45 m3/h 560 048 2” 50 PP 0…72 m3/h 554 354 2 1/2” 65 PP 0…120 m3/h 558 785 3” 80 PP 0…180 m3/h 554 351 4” 100 PP 0…280 m3/h 554 352 BS4825 clamp fitting - S056 hygienic - polished stainless steel body 1/8” 3 PTFE 0…250 l/h 559 786 1/4” 6 PTFE 0…1000 l/h 553 325 3/8” 10 PTFE 0…3000 l/h 554 350 1/2” 15 PTFE 0…6000 l/h 553 533 3/4” 20 PTFE 0…12500 l/h 553 534 1" 25 PTFE 0…18 m3/h 553 535 2" 50 PTFE 0…72 m3/h 553 537 3" 80 PTFE 0…180 m3/h 559 791 3/8”
6
INLINE Positive Displacement flow fittings
• INLINE quarter turn assembly • Electronics for indication, monitoring,
transmitting, on/off & batch control • For highly viscous fluids, eg oil, honey
S077 / 8077
DN 15 - DN 100
SS shown above, alumium unit with SE30 electronics at right
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Technical data
Orifice
H
15
101
With electronic SE30, SE32, SE35, SE36 with Hall sensor principle (see separate data sheet)
25
116
40
133
Pipe diameter Thread connection Flange connection
DN15 to 100 1/2”; 1”; 1 1/2”; 2”; 3” (G or NPT) 25; 40; 50; 80 or 100 mm DIN 16 flange 1”; 1 1/2”; 2”; 3” or 4” ANSI 150LB flange
50
151
80
191
100
192
Materials wetted parts Body Rotor Shaft Seal
Aluminium, PPS, stainless steel (316F) PPS, aluminium, stainless steel (316F) Stainless steel (316F) FKM (EPDM or PTFE on request)
Media temperature Aluminium body Stainless steel body
to 80 °C to 120 °C
Ambient temperature
0 up to 60 °C
Protection class
IP66 (NEMA 6)
PD flow fitting Compatability
(see datasheet for details)
(
Unique batch controller for accurate filling of liquids. This universal IP65 controller is wall mounted and compatible with all sensors with an open collector pulse, relay reed, TTL, CMOS or coil output.
Ordering Chart Flow range [l/min] > 5 cPs
Diameter
Port
< 5 cPs
Item no. Aluminium body
Stainless steel body
2.0 … 30
3.0 … 25
15
G 1/2
567223
567224
6.0 … 120
10 … 100
25
G1
567227
567228
10 … 250
15 … 235
40
G 1 1/2
567235
567236
15 … 350
30 … 300
50
G2
567243
567248
20 … 733
66 … 616
80
G3
567249
-
6.0 … 120
10 … 100
25
1'' ANSI 150LB Flange
567233
567234
10 … 250
15 … 235
40
1 1/2'' ANSI 150LB Flange
567241
567242
15 … 350
30 … 300
50
2'' ANSI 150LB Flange
567247
-
20 … 733
66 … 616
80
3'' ANSI 150LB Flange
567252
-
120 … 1200
-
100
4'' ANSI 150LB Flange
567254
-
Home
121
Tuning-Fork Level Switch
8110 / 8111
G 3/4”, G 1” and clamp 2” • For universal use as overfill
or dry run protection system • Hygienic surface finish • Extension tubes available
Type 8111
Type 8110
Level switch for liquids with a tuning fork as a sensor element. Simple setup without adjustment makes this perfect for deployment into process environments. This device provides peace of mind from overfill or run dry
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Type 8110
Type 8110 - The small tuning fork (40 mm length) can be used in vessels, tanks or pipes. Type 8111 - SuperBRIGHT visual output lets the user know the status from a distance.
D
Technical Data Type
8110
8111
Process connection
G 3/4”, G 1” or Clamp 2”
G 3/4”, G 1” or Clamp 2”
Max. fluid … temperature
+100 ºC G +150 ºC Clamp
+150 ºC G +150 ºC Clamp
Materials
Stainless / PEI housing Stainless steel forks Klingersil® seal
Stainless / PBT housing Stainless steel forks Klingersil® seal
Max. fluid pressure
64 bar
64 bar
Voltage supply
10-55V DC / max. 0.5W
20-253V AC (5 A), 50-60 Hz, or 20-72V DC
Electrical … connections
M12
M20 cable glands
Outputs
Transistor output PNP, 250 mA
Relay (DPDT), 2 floating SPDTs
Ingress protection
IP66 and 67
IP66 and 67
Surface finishing quality
Ra < 3.2 μm (thread) Ra < 0.8 μm (clamp)
Ra < 3.2 μm (thread) Ra < 0.8 μm (clamp)
Dynamic viscosity
0.1 to 10000 mPa.s / 0.7 to 2.5 g/cm3
0.1 to 10000 mPa.s / 0.7 to 2.5 g/cm3
Medium temperature
-40 °C to 100 °C (150 °C for Clamp process connection)
-50 °C to 150 °C
Medium pressure
-1 to 64 bar
-1 to 64 bar
Approx. 2 mm with vertical installation Approx. 500 ms / Approx. 1200 Hz
Approx. 2 mm with vertical installation Approx. 500 ms / Approx. 1200 Hz
Accuracy Hysteresis Delay time/ Frequency Voltage loss
Max. 1 V DC
Turn-on voltage
Max. 55 V DC
Switching current
122
min.: 10 mV; max.: 253 VAC, 253 V DC min.: 10 mA; max.: 5 A (AC), 1 A (DC)
C
A D
B
Type 8111 C
A
B
Type 8110
8111
A 3/4” G 1” G 2” clamp 3/4” G 1” G 2” clamp
B 21.3 21.3 21.3 16 16 16
C 158 161 165 210 213. 213
D 31.7 31.7 31.7 91 91 91
Type
(continued)
Power consumption
8110
8111 1 to 8 VA (AC); approx. 1.3 W (DC)
Breaking capacitance
max. 1250 VA, 50 W
Delay time
when immersed: 0.5 s when laid bare: 1s
Blocking current
<10 μA
Mode
Min./max changeover by electrical connection Max.: overfill protection Min.: dry run protection LED indication: green and red
Ambient temperature Operating Storage
-40 °C to +70 °C -40 °C to +80 °C
Standard EMC Security
EN 61326 EN 61010-1
Options 8110 • DIN 11851, Flange, SMS • Higher temperatures on request
Min./max changeover by electrical connection Max.: overfill protection Min.: dry run protection
8110 / 8111
Technical Data
8111 • ATEX approvals • DIN 11851, Flange, SMS • ECTFE, enamel, Hastelloy C4 or PFA • Higher temperatures on request
EN61326 EN61010-1, ATEX1) EN50014; EN50020; EN50284
Specifications Ex - Protection
Categories 1/2G, 2 G
- Certification
Ex ia IIC T6
Conformity … specifications1) Power supply Ui Short circuit rating li Power limitation Pi Ambient temperature Internal capacity Ci Internal inductivity Li 1)
20 V 103 mA 516 mW -40 °C to +85 °C (depend on categories) negligible negligible
homologation certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2004X
Ordering Chart Process connection
Electrical connection
Item no.
G 3/4" ISO 228
Multipin M12
555 290
G 1" ISO 228
Multipin M12
555 292
Clamp 2"
Multipin M12
555 294
Electrical connection
Item no.
G 3/4” ISO 228
2 x M20 glands
558 110
G 1” ISO 228
2 x M20 glands
558 112
Clamp 2”
2 x M20 glands
558 114
8110
Process connection 8111
Extension tubes are available (see datasheet Type 8112).
Home
123
Radar Level Transmitter for Liquids
8137 / 8138
G thread or flange connection • For filling level measurement
up to 30 m • High Pressure Version • Two-wire version
Type 8137
• Adjustable via display and buttons as
well as PC-Tool with DTM Type 8138
Radar level transmitter for aggressive media and high pressure. A sleek, compact stainless steel design incorporates a 2-wire HART transmitter
Envelope Dimensions [mm] Type 8137
which is easily PC configurable.
Technical Data Type
8137
8138
C
General data Housing / Cover
PBT, Stainless steel 316L / PC
Seal ring / Ground terminal
NBR / Stainless steel 316Ti/316L (1.4571/1.4435)
Seal
KLINGERSIL® C-4400 (8137), EPDM (8138)
Antenna / cone
Stainless steel 316L (8137), TFM™ PTFE (8138) / PTFE (8137)
Seal (antenna system)
FKM (8137), EPDM (8138)
Display
LCD in full dot matrix*
Ambient temperature
-40 ºC to +80 ºC
Voltage supply
2-wire, 14 to 36 V DC
Current consumption max.
22 mA
Electrical connections
Cable glands M20 x 1.5
Outputs
4-20 mA/HART
Dead zone
50 mm
Measuring range (40 mm antenna)
50 mm to 10 m
Process temperature
-40 °C to +130 °C
-40 °C to +200 °C
Vessel pressure
-1 to 40 bar (-100 to 4000 kPa) or according to flange rules
-1 to 16 bar (-100 to 1600 kPa)
DN
A
B
C
50
40
279
80.5
DIN 2501
100
75
395
80.5
ANSI B16.5
2”
40
279
80.5
ANSI B16.5
4”
75
395
80.5
A
Mechanical vibrations with 4 g and 5 to 100 Hz
Accuracy
± 3 mm
Min. dielectric
er > 1.6 C
Temperature coefficient 0.03%/10K (Average temperature coefficient of the zero signal - temperature error)
124
Standards DIN 2501
B
Vibration resistance
Resolution
max. 1 mm
Frequency
K-band (26 GHZ technology)
Interval
approx. 1 s
Beam angle at 3 dB
22° (antenna with ø 40 mm)
Adjustment time
> 1 s (dependent on the parameter adjustment)
Accuracy
± 2 mm
Ingress protection
IP66, IP67
* must be ordered separately.
(see datasheet for details)
18° (range 0.05 to 10 m) - 10° (range 0.05 to 20 m)
B
Type 8138 A 44
B 218
C 80.5
A
(continued)
Type
8137
8138
Type
Electrical Specifications
8137
8138
Specifications Ex
Operating voltage
14 - 36 V DC or 14 - 30 V DC (Ex ia instrument)
Permissible residual ripple
< 100 Hz: Uss < 1 V 100 Hz... 10 kHz: Uss < 10 mV
Output signal
4... 20 mA/HART
Resolution
1.6 mA
Fault signal
current output unchanged 20.5 mA, 22 mA or < 3.6 mA (selectable)
Current limitation
22 mA
Load
see load diagram
Damping (63% of the input variable)
0... 999 s, adjustable
- Protection
Categories 1/2G or 2G
- Certification
EEx ia IIC T6
Conformity specifications1) Operating voltage Ui Short circuit rating li Power limitation Pi Ambient temperature Internal capacity Ci Internal inductivity Li 1)
30 V 131 mA 983 mW -40 to +55 °C (depending on the category) negligible negligible
8137 / 8138
Technical Data
homologation certificate PTB 08 ATEX 2002X
Standards and approvals Protection
IP66 / IP67 with mounted and tightened cable gland M20 x 1.5
Option
Overvoltage category
III
• Other hygienic fittings
Protection class
II
Standard EMV Security NAMUR Approvals
EN61326 EN61010-1 NE 21; NE 43 ATEX1): EN60079-0; EN60079-11; EN60079-26
EN61326 EN61010-1 NE 21; NE 43 ATEX1) : EN60079-0; EN60079-11; EN60079-26 FDA
Ordering Chart Area of application
Process connection
Electrical connection
Item no.
G 1 1/2" ISO 228
M20 cable gland
560 157
Flange DIN 2301 DN 50
M20 cable gland
560 161
G 1 1/2" ISO 228
M20 cable gland
560 158
Flange DIN 2301 DN 50
M20 cable gland
560 162
Process connection
Electrical connection
Item no.
Without Ex
Clamp 2”
M20 cable gland
560 169
Ex
Clamp 2”
M20 cable gland
560 170
8137
Without Ex
Ex
Area of application 8138
Note: Display not included, must be ordered separately (see accessories)
Accessories Set with 2 M20 x 1.5 / NPT½ “-Reductions + 2 Neoprene gaskets for cable gland M20 x 1.5 + 2 sealing plugs
Description
Item no. 551 782
HART-USB Modem
560 177
Set with a display/configuration module, a transparent cover and a seal ring
559 279
Set with a transparent cover and a sealing ring
561 006
Home
125
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter for General Application
8177
G thread process connection • Two-wire version • Reliable non-contact measurement • HART configuration
Ultrasonic level transmitters for non-contact measurement of process liquids and solids. Standard HART and 4-20mA HART compatible output.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Technical Data Housing / Cover
PBT, Stainless steel 316L / PC
Seal ring / Ground terminal NBR / Stainless steel 316Ti/316L (1.4571/1.4435) Seal
EPDM
Transducer
PVDF
Display
LCD in full dot matrix*
Voltage supply
2-wire, 14 to 36 V DC (10-30 V DC for Ex)
Current consumption max.
22 mA
Electrical connections
Cable glands M20 x 1.5
Outputs
4-20 mA/HART
Output load max.
See diagram
Dead zone
0.4 m
Measuring range:
8176: up to 5 m 8177: up to 8 m
Beam angle
11°
Accuracy
< 0.2% or ± 4 mm
Process temperature
-40 ºC to +80 ºC
Vessel pressure
-0.2 to 2 bar (-2.9 to 29.02 PSI) (-20 to 200 kPa)
Vibration resistance
Mechanical vibrations with 4 g and 5-100 Hz
Temperature coefficient
0.06%/10K (Average temperature coefficient of the zero signal - temperature error)
Resolution
max. 1 mm
Frequency
55 kHZ
Interval
> 2 s (dependent on the parameter adjustment)
Beam angle at 3 dB
11°
Option
Adjustment time1)
> 3 s (dependent on the parameter adjustment)
Ingress protection
IP66/IP67, with M20 x 1.5 gland mounted and tightened
• Process connection clamp 2”, 3”, 3 1/2”, 4”
C
B
D
A
A NPT 2 G 2"
B 123 123
C 80.5 80.5
D 274 274
Electrical data Operating voltage
14 - 36 V DC or 14 - 30 V DC (Ex ia instrument)
Permissible residual ripple < 100 Hz: Uss < 1 V 100 Hz... 10 kHz: Uss < 10 mV
126
Output signal
4... 20 mA/HART
Resolution
1.6 µA
Fault signal
current output unchanged; 20.5 mA; 22 mA < 3.6 mA (adjustable)
Current limitation
22 mA
Load
see load diagram
Damping … (63% of the input variable)
0... 999 s, adjustable
* Must be ordered separately 1) Time to output the correct level (with max. 10% deviation) after a sudden level change.
(continued)
Environment Ambient temperature with display, adjustment elements Relative humidity
Specifications Ex -20 to +70°C (-4 to 158°F) (operation and storage)
Standards and approvals Protection Overvoltage category
III
Protection class
II
Standard EMC Security NAMUR Approvals
EN61326 EN61010-1 NE 21; NE 43 ATEX2): EN50014; EN50020; EN50284
Ordering Chart
Categories 1/2G or 2G
- Certification
EEx ia IIC T6
Conformity specifications2) Operating voltage Ui Short circuit rating li Power limitation Pi Ambient temperature
Max. 75% (operation), max. 85% (storage); without condensation IP66/IP67 with M20 x 1.5 gland mounted and tightened
- Protection
Internal capacity Ci Internal inductivity Li 2)
8177
Technical Data
30 V 131 mA 983 mW -20 to +41°C (-4 to 105.8°F) (dependent on categories) negligible negligible
Homologation certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2003X
(versions with display)
Process connection [inch]
Range (liquids)
Range (solids)
Electrical connection
Item no.
Without Ex
G 2” ISO 228
0.4 - 8 m
0.4 - 3.5 m
M20 cable gland
558 224
Ex
G 2” ISO 228
0.4 - 8 m
0.4 - 3.5 m
M20 cable gland
558 226
Area of application 8177
Note: Display not included, must be ordered separately (see accessories)
Accessories for Type 8177 Set with 2 reductions M20 x 1.5/NPT½” + 2 neoprene flat seals for cable gland + 2 screw-plugs M20 x 1.5
Description
Item no. 551 782
Set with a display/configuration module, a transparent cover and a seal ring
559 279
Set with a transparent cover and a seal ring
561 006
Home
127
8202 Element
pH/ORP Transmitter
• Beautiful process oriented design • Accepts all standard pH probes • Removable programming puck • Data upload/download via puck
pH transmitter with programmable outputs. pH and temperature output via single or dual analog 4-20 mA. Two transistor outputs are also included.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Transmitters are engineered for a wide scope of measuring ranges and can be delivered in 2-wire or 3-wire configurations. Intelligent, integrated, beautiful design fits perfectly with an assortment of easily configured fittings.
Technical Data Measuring range
-2 ... 16pH
Measuring error
± 0.02pH
Temperature compensation
Automatic via integrated temperature sensor
Temperature Performance (via integrated Pt1000)
Measuring range -40 ºC - +130 ºC Measuring error ± 1 °C
Available Fitting Materials
Stainless, PP, PVC
Housing material
Stainless steel, PPS, PC
Insertion finger
PVDF
Gasket seal
EPDM
Max. Fluid Temperature
-20 ºC - +130 ºC (depending on fitting)
Max. fluid pressure
PN 16
Ambient temperature
-10 ºC – +60 ºC
Storage temperature
-10 ºC – +60 ºC (without probe)
Ingress protection
IP65, IP67
Voltage supply
14...36 V DC for 2-wire models 12...36 V DC for 3-wire models
Protection
Reversed polarity of DC and peak protected
Current consumption max.
1 A max. (with transistor load)
2-wire
Electrical connections
1 x 5pin M12 male (2-wire) 1 x 5pin M12 male + 1 x 5 pin M12 female (3-wire)
3-wire
Outputs
4-20 mA configurable temperature or pH 2 Transistors, configurable, open collector, 700 mA max., 0.5 A max. per transistor if the 2 transistor output are wired
Output Load
Options • Blind version (Neutrino) • ORP: see datasheet 8202
< 1100 Ω at 36 V < 610 Ω at 24 V < 180 Ω at 14 V
B
C
D
75
210
338
Ordering Chart Transmitter Wiring Outputs
2-wire
3-wire
2 x transistors + 1 x 4-20 mA 2 x transistors + 1 x 4-20 mA 2 x transistors + 2 x 4-20 mA 2 x transistors + 2 x 4-20 mA
Nut
M12
Item no. for UL
Item no. without UL
PVC
5-pin male
559 634
559 630
PVDF
5-pin male
559 636
559 632
PVC
5-pin male + female
559 635
559 631
PVDF 5-pin male + female
559 637
559 633
Electrodes (many more available from stock for other applications) pH electrode -10 ... 80 °C, 0... 6 bar, pH 2... 14 - LOGOTRODE pH 120mm pH electrode 0... 130 °C, 0... 6 bar, pH 0... 14 - UNITRODE PLUS pH 120mm ORP electrode -10 ... 50 °C, 0... 6 bar, ORP -2000 ... +2000mV - LOGOTRODE ORP 120mm
Item no. 561 025
Accessories (for 8202 pH and 8222 conductivity) display (programming puck) only M12 5-pin female with 6’ cable M12 5-pin female connector M12 5-pin male with 6’ cable M12 5-pin male connector
Item no. 559 168 438 680 917 116 559 177 560 946
Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
128
A 75
560 376 560 379
HOME 8222 Element
Conductivity transmitter
• Beautiful process oriented design • Intuitive menu structure • Removable programming puck • Data upload / download via puck
Conductivity transmitter with programmable outputs. Conductivity and temperature output via single or dual analog 4-20 mA. Two transistor
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
outputs are also included. Transmitters are engineered for a wide scope of measuring ranges and can be delivered in 2-wire or 3-wire configurations. Intelligent, integrated, beautiful design fits perfectly with an assortment of easily configured fittings.
Technical Data Measuring range Cond/T 0.05 μS/cm ... 10 mS/cm , -40 ºC Measuring error Cond/T ± 3% of measured value, ± 1 °C Temperature compensation
Automatic via integrated temperature sensor acc. to a predefined graph (NaCl or ultra-pure water)
0.2 0.1
0.5
0.002 1
0.02 0.01
0.05
0.2 0.1
C=1.0 C=0.1
ultra-pure water
pure water
industrial water
mS/cm
10
5
2
500 1
200
50 100
20
C=0.01
10
Output Load
0.5
4-20 mA configurable temperature or conductivity 2 Transistors, configurable, open collector, 700 mA max., 0.5 A max. per transistor if the 2 transistor output are wired < 1100 Ω at 36 V < 610 Ω at 24 V < 180 Ω at 14 V
5
Reversed polarity of DC and peak protected
Outputs
2
Protection
1
14...36 V DC for 2-wire models 12...36 V DC for 3-wire models
2
IP65, IP67, NEMA4X
Voltage supply
5
-10 ºC – +60 ºC (without probe)
Ingress protection
0.5 1
-10 ºC – +60 ºC
Storage temperature
D 244
0.2
16 bar (depending on fitting)
Ambient temperature
C 166
20 10
-20 ºC - +100 ºC (depending on fitting) (PVC 0 ºC – +50 °C)
Max. fluid pressure
B 65
50
Fluid Temperature
A 70
0.05 0.1
O-rings
PVDF/St.St. for 0.01 or 0.1; graphite for 1.0 EPDM
0.02
Insertion finger
0.005
Available Fitting Materials Stainless, PP, PVC Stainless steel, PPS, PC (see datasheet S022) Housing material
sewage water
The electrode is selected according to the measuring range and medium by using this table.
Ordering Chart Nut material PVC
PVDF
Cell constant
Electrical connection
Item No
C=0.01
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 619
C=0.1
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 615
C=1.0
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 611
C=0.01
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 621
C=0.1
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 617
C=1.0
5-pin M12 male and 5-pin M12 female
559 613
Accessories Description
Item No
Display/programming module
559 168
Electrical connector, 5-pin M12 male, plug only
560 946
Electrical connector, 5-pin M12 male, 2m prewired
559 177
Electrical connector, 5-pin M12 female, plug only
917 116
Electrical connector, 5-pin M12 female, 5m prewired
559 606
Electrical connector, 5-pin M12 female, 2m prewired
438 680
Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
Home
129
8228
Inductive conductivity meter
• Configurable outputs: up to 2 transistor
and up to 2 analogue 4... 20 mA outputs • Removable backlighted display • Simulation of process values and
diagnostic functions • Sensor-versions available with PEEK,
PVDF or PP
Please see fitting S020
The analysis gauge, Type 8228, includes a detachable display module. This is used for setup, configuration and calibration or required as a process value display. For temperature calibration, a temperature sensor is included as standard.
Envelope Dimensions [mm] 97
(see datasheet for details) 70 65
70 65
26,5
26,5
97
100 μS/cm...2 S/cm 0.1 μS/cm ±(2% of the measured value + 5 μS/cm) ±2% ±(0.2% of the measured value + 2 μS/cm) from 3 s (without filter) to 40 s (with slow filter)
Temperature measurement Measuring range Resolution Measuring uncertainty Response time t90
-40 °C to +150 °C (-40 to 302 °F) 0.1 °C (0.18 °F) ±1 °C (1.8 °F) < 280 s (without filter)
Temperature compensation
– none or – according to a predefined graph (NaCl, NaOH, HNO3 or H2SO4) or – a ccording to a graph defined especially for your process
Medium temperature with conductivity sensor in -15 °C to +100 °C (5 to 212 °F) PVDF 0 °C to +80 °C (32 to 176 °F) PP -15 °C to 130 °C (5 to 266 °F) PEEK Temperature limits may depend on the material the S020 fitting used is made of. Refer to the relevant data sheet or instruction manual and the pressure/temperature diagram of the fluid on page 3. If the temperature ranges given for the device and the fitting are different, use the most restrictive range. Fluid pressure (max.) … with conductivity sensor in PN6 (87 PSI) PVDF, PP PN10 (145 PSI) PEEK Pressure limits may depend on the material the S020 fitting used is made of. Refer to the relevant data sheet or instruction manual and the pressure/temperature diagram of the fluid on page 3. If the temperature ranges given for the device and the fitting are different, use the most restrictive range. Environment
130
Ambient temperature
-10 °C to +60°C (14 to 140 °F) (operating and storage)
Relative humidity
≤ 85%, without condensation
Height above see level
Max. 2000 m
Technical Data
246
DN15 to 400
Conductivity measurement Measuring range Resolution Measurement deviation Linearity Repeatability Response time t90
246
Pipe diameter
154 168
Complete device data (Fitting + conductivity meter)
154 168
Technical Data
(continued)
General data Compatibility Materials Housing / Cover Seal / Screws Fixed connector holder M12 fixed connector Display / Navigation key Nut Wetted part materials Sensor holder Seal
Any pipe which are fitted out with Bürkert INSERTION Fitting S020 (see corresponding data sheet) Stainless steel 1.4404, PPS / PC EPDM / Stainless steel Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) Brass nickel plated PC / PBT PC PP, PVDF or PEEK FKM (standard) or EPDM (option)
Temperature sensor
Integrated in the sensor
Display (accessories)
Grey dot matrix 128x64 with backlighting
Electrical connections 2 outputs meter (3-wire) 4 outputs meter (3-wire) Connection cable
1x 5-pin M12 male fixed connector, 1x 5-pin M12 male + 1x 5-pin M12 female fixed connectors Shielded cable, ø 3 to 6.5 mm; max. 0.75 mm2 cross section
Technical Data
Pressure/temperature chart
(continued)
Electrical data 12 - 36 V DC, ±10% oscillation rate, filtered and regulated, SELV (safety extra low voltage) circuit with a non dangerous energy level
Current consumption … with sensor
≤ 25 mA (at 12 V DC and without the consumption of the 4... 20 mA output)
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected
Voltage peak
Protected
Short circuit
Protected
Output Transistor
Current (3-wire)
Uncertainty of the output value Response time (10% - 90%)
P (bar) 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Polarized, galvanically insulated configurable through wiring and through parameterizing as sourcing (PNP) or sinking (NPN) output NPN: 1 - 36 V DC, max. 700 mA (or 500 mA max. per transistor if both transistor outputs are wired) output PNP: V+ supply voltage, max. 700 mA (or 500 mA max. per transistor if both transistor outputs are wired) 4... 20 mA configurable through wiring and through parameterizing as sourcing or sinking, 22 mA to indicate a fault (can be parametered) max. loop impedance: 1100 W at 36 V DC; 610 W at 24 V DC; 100 W at 12 V DC 1% of the full scale
A PEEK
8228
Supply voltage
PVDF
PP -20
0
+20
+40
+60
+80 +100 +120 +140 T (°C)
A: Application range for complete device (conductivity meter with either PP, PVDF or PEEK sensor inserted into a Stainless steel S020 fitting)
150 ms (default value)
Standards, directives and approvals Protection class acc. to EN 60529
IP65 and IP67 with M12 connectors plugged in and tightened and electronic module cover fully screwed down
Standard and directives EMC Pressure Vibration / Shock
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3 and Annex1, EN 61326-1-7 (Table 2) Complying with article 3 of §3 from 97/23/CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27
Ordering Chart Holder material
PP
PVDF
PEEK
Output 1 x transistor NPN/PNP + 1 x 4 to 20 mA 2 x transistor NPN/PNP + 2 x 4 to 20 mA 1 x transistor NPN/PNP + 1 x 4 to 20 mA 2 x transistor NPN/PNP + 2 x 4 to 20 mA 1 x transistor NPN/PNP + 1 x 4 to 20 mA 2 x transistor NPN/PNP + 2 x 4 to 20 mA
Seal material FKM
Electrical connection 5-pin M12 connector
Item No 566 601
FKM
5-pin M12 male connector + 5-pin M12 female connector 5-pin M12 connector
566 602
5-pin M12 male connector + 5-pin M12 female connector 5-pin M12 connector
566 604
5-pin M12 male connector + 5-pin M12 female connector
566 606
Note for ordering chart: For a complete conductivity unit the following items must be ordered: - Transmitter Type 8228 - INSERTION Fitting Type S020 Further versions and information see datasheet type 8228.
FKM FKM FKM FKM
566 603
566 605
Accessories Connection
Type
Item No
5-pin M12 male
Plug only
560 946
5-pin M12 male
2m prewired
559 177
5-pin M12 female
Plug only
917 116
5-pin M12 female
2m prewired
438 680
Options • UL and CSA approvals • Preparameterized conductivity meters
Home
131
8311
Pressure transmitter / Switch
• Pressure measurement and switch in
one device • Switch for alarm or event logging • Bar graph display for local monitoring • Continuous or on/off control • 2-wire transmitter
Programmable pressure sensor with switching and transmitting functions. It has a large display with bar graph and simple menu guided controls. Connection to the process with standard stainless steel connection. The process value can be transmitted to a PLC via a 4-20 mA signal.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Sensor connection G 1/2” B
A
Technical Data General data Materials Housing, cover Front panel folio / Screws Cable plug/Multipin Materials wetted parts Seal
PC, +20% glass fibre Polyester / Stainless steel PA Stainless steel FKM (EPDM option)
Sensor element
Ceramic cell (Al2O3)
Service life of pressure cell
Min. 100 million cycles
Electrical connections
Adjustable 5-pin M12 connector for 5-pin Socket (included)
Voltage supply cable
50 m, shielded, 0.14 up to 0.5 mm2 max.
Complete device data (pipe + electronic module) Pipe diameter
Any pipe with sensor connection 1/2”
Measuring range
up to 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 or 50 bar
Medium temperature
-20 up to 100°C
C
D
(+100°C for an ambient temperature of max. 40°C)
Typical accuracy Transmitter 2-wire version for 0°C < T < 70°C for -20°C < T < 0°C for 70°C < T < 100°C Switch version
≤ ±1% of F.S.* ≤ ±1% ± 0.03% of F.S.* / °C ≤ ±1% ± 0.03% of F.S.* / °C ≤ ±1.5% of F.S.*
Typical repeatability Transmitter 2-wire version Switch version
≤ ±0.06% ≤ ±0.25%
* F.S. = Full scale
132
A
B
C
D
54
54
92
18
Options • Cable plug, Type 2508, acc. to EN 175301-803 • Outputs: Relay 3 A/250 or 3 A/30 V DC
Technical Data (continued) Electrical data
Standards, directives and approvals
Power supply
12-30 V DC , filtered and regulated
Protection class
Overvoltage protection
Yes, for power supply and for transistor outputs
Standards and directives EMC
< 30 mA (+700 mA max. per transistor output used) < 750 mA (with load - PNP output configuration) < 80 mA (with load - Relay version)
Low voltage Pressure Vibration Shock
Output Transmitter 2-wire version open collector, 2 NPN or 2 PNP, 700 mA max., Transistor (programmable) NPN: [(V+) minus 0.5 VDC] - 0 VDC PNP: 0.5 VDC - (V+) protected against short circuit 4-20 mA, Loop resistance: 800 Ω at 30 V DC, Process value 550 Ω at 24 V DC, 300 Ω at 18 V DC
* For the 97/23/CE pressure directive, the device can only be used under following conditions (depend on max. pressure, pipe diameter and fluid).
(For more details, see instruction manual)
Switch version Transistor (programmable) Optional relay (programmable)
open collector, NPN / PNP, 700 mA max., NPN: 0.2 - 30 VDC ; PNP: (V+) protected against short circuit Normally open/normally closed 3 A / 250 V AC or 3 A / 30 V DC (relay)
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected (for power supply and all outputs)
Transmitter version: EN 50081-1, 61000-6-2 Switch version: EN 50081-1 ,50082-2 Transmitter version: EN 61010-1 Switch version: EN 61010-1 Complying with article 3 of §3 from 97/23/CE directive.* EN 60068-2-6 EN 60068-2-27
8311
Current consumption Transmitter 2-wire version Switch version
IP65 with connector plug-in
Type of fluid
Conditions
Fluid group 1, §1.3.a
DN25 only
Fluid group 2, §1.3.a
DN≤32, or DN>32 and PN*DN ≤1000
Fluid group 1, §1.3.b
DN≤25, or DN>25 and PN*DN ≤2000
Fluid group 2, §1.3.b
DN≤200
Environment Ambient temperature
0 up to 60°C (operating and storage)
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, non condensated
Ordering Chart Pressure range
Electrical connection
Output
Burst Pressure [bar]
Max. Pressure [bar]
Item no. Sensor connection G 1/2
4
2
557 934
7
4
444 507
12
10
444 506
25
20
444 503
50
40
444 504
120
100
444 505
Transmitter
0-1
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
0-2
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
0-5
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
0 - 10
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
0 - 20
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
0 - 50
Free positionable 5-pin, M12
1)
4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1) 4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1) 4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1) 4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1) 4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1) 4 - 20 mA + 2 NPN or 2 PNP 1)
PNP standard, can be change in NPN with jumpers on electronic board
Accessories 5-pin M12 female cable connector with plastic threaded locking ring
Item no. 917 116
5-pin M12 female connector moulded on cable (2 m, shielded)
438 680
Description
Home
133
Pressure Transmitter for general applications
8323
• Piezoresistive or thin film sensor element • Available with flush diaphragm standard
or acc. to EHEDG • Housing and wetted parts in corrosion-
resistant stainless steel • Standard signal 4-20 mA for connection
to automation-system • Connector plug for fast installation and
service
The 8323 compact pressure transmitter is designed to cover the majority of industrial applications in the field of industrial pressure measurement technology. High accuracy, compact design, robust con-struction and flexibility make this instrument universal and suitable for different measurement functions. For technical reasons piezoresistive sensor element is used for measuring ranges up to 16 bar and thin film sensor element for the measuring range of 25 bar. Wetted parts are made of stainless steel and completely welded. Internal seal elements, which could restrict the choice of measuring materials, are excluded.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
Technical Data Pipe diameter Standard version Flush diaphragm version
Any pipe with sensor connection: G1/2” A acc. to DIN 16288 G1” B with O-ring (range up to 1.6 bar) G1/2” B with O-ring (range > 1.6 bar) G1” B for EHEDG (all ranges)
(see datasheet for details)
A 110
A
B 75
C 27
B
C
[Weld-on socket with connection G1/2”B, G1”B]
Material - Housing Wetted parts Standard version Flush diaphragm version EHEDG flush diaphragm Internal transmitting liquid Electrical connection Measurement range … [Pressure reference = relative pressure (atmospheric)]
Stainless steel 1.4571 Stainless steel 1.4571 (and 1.4542 with 25 bar) Stainless steel 1.4571, FKM seal Stainless steel 1.4571, EPDM seal Synthetic oil (only for pressure range up to 16 bar or
(continued)
for flush diaphragm units)
Electrical data
4-pin cable plug,Type 2508, acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 (included in delivery)
Power supply [Vs]
10 -30 V DC
0 up to 0.1, 0.16, 0.25, 0.4, 0.6, 1.0, 1.6, 2.5, 4.0, 6.0, 10.0, 16.0 or 25.0 bar
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Short circuit protection
Yes
Output
Standard 4-20 mA signal, 2 wires
Load in Ω
≤ (Vs [V] - 10 [V]) / 0.02 [A]
Sensor element
piezo (≤ 16 bar) / thin film (≤ 25 bar)
Fluid temperature Std. version Std flush diaphragm version Flush diaphragm EHEDG
-20 up to +100 ºC -30 up to +100 ºC -20 up to +150 ºC
Adjustability: Zero / span
± 10%
Response time
≤ 1 ms
Compensated T° range
0 up to +80 ºC
Temperature coefficient Average Tc of zero Standard version Flush diaphragm version Average Tc of Span
in compensated T° range
Ambient temperature Standard version Standard Flush Diaphragm ver. EHEDG Flush Diaphragm ver.
-20 up to +80°C (-4 to 176 °F) -20 up to +80°C (-4 to 176 °F) -20 up to +80°C (-4 to 176 °F)
Accuracy
≤ 0.5% of F.S.* (2-point calibration)1) ≤ 0.25% of F.S.* (Best fit calibration, BFSL)1)
Storage temperature Standard version Standard Flush Diaphragm ver. EHEDG Flush Diaphragm ver.
-40 up to +100°C (-40 to 212 °F) -40 up to +100°C (-40 to 212 °F) -20 up to +100°C (-4 to 212 °F)
Hysteresis
≤ 0.1% of F.S.*
Standards, directives and approvals
Repeatability
≤ 0.05% of F.S.*
Protection class
IP65 with cable plug mounted and tightened
1-year stability
≤ 0.2% of F.S.* (at reference condition)
Standards and directives EMC Shock resistance Vibration resistance
EN 50081-1, 50081-2, 50082-2 IEC 770, 1000g (mechanical shock) IEC 770, 2g (vibration under resonance)
≤ 0.2% of F.S.* / 10K ≤ -0.2% to +0.3% of F.S.*/ 10K ≤ 0.2% of F.S.* / 10K
Calibrated in vertical mounting position with pressure connection bottom * F.S.=Full scale 1)
134
Technical Data
Environment
Dimensions Pressure connection: Flush diaphragm version
G 1/2” A
G 1/2” B
G 1” B
A/F 27
ø17.5 G1/2A
10.5
O-ring ø18-0.1 15 x 2 G1/2B
Sealing ring 29.7 x 35.7 x 2.0 ø30-0.1 G1B
O-ring 26 x 2
A/F 41 50.5
31
20.5
Sealing ring 18.5 x 23.9 x 1.5
Sealing ring 29.7 x 35.7 x 2.0
25
ø6
A/F 41
10
3
3
20
8.5
31 20.5 10.5 10
A/F 27
EHEDG G 1” B
8323
Standard version
G1B
O-Ring 26.0 x 2.0
48
Weld-on socket for pressure connection flush diaphragm version G 1” B
G1
ø50
21
G1
25.5
G1/2 15 -0.2
ø50
21
ø27
EHEDG G 1” B
ø50
15 -0.2
75
110
G 1/2” B
Ordering Chart Pressure range [bar]
Item no. Standard Flush Standard EHEDG diaphragm G Flush diaphragm Flush diaphragm 1/2” B G 1” B G 1” B – 552 063 551 803
Max. pressure [bar]
Bursting pressure [bar]
Power supply
Output signal
Standard
0 - 0.10
1
2
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 692
0 - 0.16
1.5
2
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 693
–
552 064
–
0 - 0.25
2
2
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 694
–
–
–
0 - 0.40
2
2
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 695
–
552 065
551 675
0 - 0.60
4
4
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 696
–
–
551 676
0 - 1.00
5
5
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 697
–
552 066
551 677
0 - 1.60
10
10
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 698
–
–
551 678
0 - 2.50
10
10
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 699
–
–
551 679
0 - 4.00
17
17
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 700
–
–
–
0 - 6.00
35
35
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 701
552 067
–
–
0 - 10.0
35
35
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 702
552 068
–
551 684
0 - 16.0
80
80
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 703
552 069
–
–
0 - 25.0
50
250
10 - 30 V DC
4 - 20 mA
417 704
–
–
–
Accessories Weld-on socket G 1/2”
Description
Item no. 443 295
Weld-on socket G 1”
444 137
Weld-on socket EHEDG G 1”
443 296
Home
135
Temperature Transmitter / Switch with display
8400
• Menu-guided configuration • Wide choice of connections and outputs • Large digital display • Bar graph display for local monitoring • Continuous on/off control • 2-wire transmitter
This intelligent sensor / switch with a particularly large display is designed specifically for monitoring limit values or an on/off or continuous
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
control loop. The switching points can be programmed directly via buttons on the display or optionally externally by a PLC via a 4-20 mA standard signal input. In addition, the process value can be transmitted via a 4-20 mA signal to the PLC.
(see datasheet for details)
B
Technical Data C
General data Materials Housing Front panel folio / Screws Cable plug, Multipin Materials wetted parts Sensor element Seal
PC, +20% glass fibre Polyester / Stainless steel PA Stainless steel FKM
Sensor element
Pt100
Screw-in thread
G 1/2”
Electrical connections
Cable plug: EN 175301-803 Multipin: swivel M12, 5-pin or M12, 4-pin or 8-pin
Voltage supply cable
max. 100 m, shielded, 0.14 up to 0.5 mm2 max. 5 Ω max. cable impedance (Wall-mounted version)
D
A
A 29.5
B 54
C 54
D 103.5
Complete device data (pipe + electronic module) Pipe diameter
Any pipe with sensor connection 1/2”
Measuring range Compact version
-40 to +125 °C (for ambient temp. between 0 and +40°C) -40 to +90 °C (for ambient temp. > +40 °C)
Medium temperature
+125 °C max.
8400 Sensor/Switch for sensor connection G 1/2"
Fluid pressure max.
PN16
Switching accuracy
±0.5 °C (0 up to +80 °C) ±1.5 °C (outside of 0 up to +80 °C)
Repeatability
≤ ±0.4%
NPN and PNP, free positionable 5-pin M12 Transmitter Version is available with 4 - 20 mA output and relay with 8-pin M12 and cable plug EN175301803 Relay version is available, free positionable 5-pin M12 and cable plug EN175301-803
Electrical data Power supply
12-30V DC , filtered and regulated
Outputs - Compact version Transistor (programmable) NPN and PNP, open collector, 5 up to 30V DC, 700 mA max., protected against short circuits 3A/250V AC or 3A/30V DC Relay (programmable) 3A/48V AC or 3A/30V DC 1) Input external setpoint Compact version
136
4-20 mA, galvanic insulation, max. input impedance: 250 Ω
Ordering Chart
ON/OFF Temperature Control System 8400
5-pin M12 female connector with moulded on cable (2 m long, shielded)
Current consumption Compact version
Max. 80 mA (no load)
Response time (10 to 90%)
7 s (for one step increment from 0 up to 100 °C
Option
Reversed polarity of DC
Protected
• 8400: Outputs : Relay 3 A/250 or 3 A/30V DC
Item no. 436 501 444 696
436 503
Item no. 438 680
Temperature Sensors & Transmitters
Pt100
• Pt 100 resistance element • Exchangeable process probe • Measuring range -40 to 225°C • Specify your range; default 0 to 100°C
Industrial platinum resistance thermometer for temperature measurements. Probe and armatures conform to DIN standards for simple installation. Class A accuracy.
Ordering Chart Operating Range
-40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C -40…225°C
3-wire
Insertion Length(mm) 100MM
Probe Diameter 6mm
Process Connection none
Supply Voltage n/a
Electrical Connection Small Alloy
95500575
3-wire
150MM
6mm
none
n/a
Small Alloy
95501252
pt100
3-wire
200MM
6mm
none
n/a
Small Alloy
95501251
pt100
3-wire
250MM
6mm
none
n/a
Small Alloy
95501296
pt100
3-wire
300MM
6mm
none
n/a
Small Alloy
95501403
4-20mA
2-wire
100MM
6mm
none
12-32VDC
Large Alloy
92144411
4-20mA
2-wire
150MM
6mm
none
12-32VDC
Large Alloy
92141206
4-20mA
2-wire
200MM
6mm
none
12-32VDC
Large Alloy
92141207
Output
Connection
pt100 pt100
Item no.
Out of this world versatility. OK, so it still can‘t fly to the moon. But for anything that needs measuring, controlling and metering, the Bürkert multiCELL multi-channeltransmitter/controller Type 8619 is the ideal choice. Up to 6 modular signal inputs and outputs as well as options for mathematical functions or data logging adapt this universal genius individually to every application. This gives you more flexibility, expands the range of possible applications – including those that you might not even have thought of yet – and gives you precisely the support you need. Now also available for measuring chlorine and wall or pipe mounting with an operating voltage of 12..36 VDC and 110/230 VAC. The sky really is the limit! We make ideas flow.
Home
137
8611
Universal Process Controller eCONTROL
54 x 54 x 50 mm 1/16 DIN Cut out Compact Universal controller • For flow, pressure, pH, conductivity, level
and temperature • Continuous control: 2-point, 3-point,
On/Off, ratio control • Easy connectable to pneumatically or
electrically driven systems
Thanks to its compact design, the universal 8611 controller is specially designed for compact control system applications. It is compatible with
Envelope Dimensions [mm] Valve-mounting
a wide range of proportional control valves and connects with an electro pneumatic servo-system for pneumatically actuated process control valves. The PI process controller is equipped with many additional functions. The actual process value can be supplied as one of three inputs; a standard current (4-20 mA/0-10V), frequency or Pt100 signal directly to the universal controller. The process switching points can be set via a 4-20 mA/0-10V signal or with the keypad.
A
B
C
54,2
75,5
61
C
B
A
Technical Data Materials Housing/cover Front panel foil/screws Multipin
PC / PC +20% glass fibre Polyester/Stainless steel CuZn, nickel-plated
Display
Dual-line 8-digit LCD with backlight
Electrical connections
Multipin: M12-8pin, M8-4pin, M8-3pin
Voltage supply cable
0.5 mm² max. cross section, max. 100m, shielded
Ambient temperature
0°C - + 70°C
Relative humidity
≤ 80%, without condensation
Protection class
IP65
Power supply
24 V DC ± 10%, filtered and regulated
Power consumption
Approx. 2 W (without valve – without sensor input)
Input frequency range
0,25 Hz – 1 kHz
Output for sensor supply
24 V DC, max. 1 A
Controller modes
PI-Control, 2 point and 3 point, ratio control, including cascading Up to 2 binary out with windows and hysteresis mode
Total load
(see datasheet for details)
Panel-mounting A
B
C
D
54,2
66
29
105
D: overall depth
C
B
A
max. 1.5 A
Options • • • •
(see datasheet for details)
Mounted on flow sensor fitting Mounted on rail or valve Accessories Spare parts
Ordering Chart Mounting position
Sensor Input (extern)
Controller outputs
Setpoint setting
Process value output
Binary In/Out
UL Recognition
Item no.
Proportional valve
Temperature (Pt100)
1 x PWM
4-20 mA 0-10 V
4-20 mA 0-10 V
1 x Bin In 1 x Bin Out
–
204 642
Flow rate (frequency - NPN)
1 x PWM
4-20 mA 0-10 V
4-20 mA 0-10 V
1 x Bin In 1 x Bin Out
–
204 639
All sensors with standard signal (4-20 mA / 0-10 V)
1 x PWM
4-20 mA 0-10 V
4-20 mA (*) 0-10 V
1 x Bin In 1 x Bin Out
–
186 289
4-20 mA 0-10 V
4 -20 mA 0-10 V
1 x Bin In 2 x Bin Out
No
210 206
UL-Recognised
562 655
Panel
2 x Frequency (NPN/PNP) 1 x PWM 1 x 4-20 mA / 0-10 V 2x PTM 1 x RTD 1x 4-20 mA/0-10 V
* Either PWM/PTM or mA/0-10 V selectable as PI-control output. If 4-20 mA/0-10 V selected as PI-output, the process value isn’t available. Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
138
Multi-channel, multi-functional transmitter/controller
8619
1/4” DIN Panel Mount • Flexible analytical and flow transmitter • Unique flexibility • Intuitive programming • SD card for data logging +
upload/download
Bürkert’s 8619 transmitter/controller is the latest addition to the process control program. The 1/4DIN panel mounted transmitter/controller incorporates a large backlit LCD display for adding up to 6 boards in a free mix for pH, conductivity incl. temperature, and output boards are connected to the digital inputs of the mainboard.
Envelope Dimensions [mm]
(see datasheet for details)
Optional SW features can be simply activated in case being required by the application and an SD card is standard for data logging and up/down loading of parameterization files. Special integrated dosing and control functions allow to fit to a large range of application without the need for other device types.
Technical Data
Conductivity input
-2.00...+16.00 (-600...+6000 mV) -2000...+2000 mV 0 μS/cm ... 2 S/cm
pH/ORP/cond temp input
Pt100 / Pt1000
Digital input
Voltage: 5-36 V DC, 0.5 to 2500 Hz
Analog output
4 ... 20 mA 1100 Ω at 36 V DC 610 Ω at 24 V DC 100 Ω at 12 V DC
pH input ORP Redox input
Digital output
A
B
C
D
102
107
101
11
Ordering Chart Description BASE unit
PNP/NPN max. 700 mA max. 2000 Hz
pH/ORP transmitter
Cover, vision panel / Overlay PC / Silicone rubber
Digital Inputs
Raw signals
RTD
Digital Analog Item no. Outputs
2
–
–
2
2
560 205
2
1 (pH/ORP)
1
2
2
560 200
pH/ORP transmitter
2
2 (pH/ORP)
2
4
4
560 202
Display
Light blue backlighted; 128 x 168 pixels
Languages
English, French, German
Mounting panel
92mm x 92mm DIN cutout
CONDUCTIVITY transmitter
2
1 (Cond.)
1
2
2
560 201
Ambient temperature range
-10 ºC - +60 ºC Limited at 0 ºC - +60 ºC if memory card is used
CONDUCTIVITY transmitter
2
2 (Cond.)
2
4
4
560 203
Ingress protection
IP65 (front)
Storage temperature
-20 ºC - +60 ºC
2
4
4
560 204
12...36 V DC
1 (pH/ORP) +1 (Cond.)
2
Voltage supply
pH/ORP and CONDUCTIVITY transmitter
Protection
Reversed polarity of DC and peak protected
Power consumption
max. 1.5 VA (without modules)
Data logging
SD Card
Data retention
EEPROM, Real time clock
Remark: please refer to corresponding datasheet for updated product information at www.burkert.co.nz
Home
139
Bürkert – Close to You
For up-to-date addresses please visit us at Norway
www.burkert.com.
Poland Austria Belgium
Portugal Spain
Czech Republic Denmark
Sweden
Finland
Switzerland Turkey
France
United Kingdom
Germany Italy Netherlands
Russia
China Canada
Hong Kong
USA
India Japan Korea United Arab Emirates
Argentina Brazil South Africa
Australia New Zealand
Credits: © and concept: Christian Bürkert GmbH & Co. KG | Photography: Münch Lichtbildnerei, Stuttgart; Studio Flamisch, Düsseldorf | All people shown are employees at Bürkert. Thank you for your support (and spirit).
140
Malaysia Philippines Singapore Taiwan
Bürkert Fluid Control Systems Bürkert Auckland 44 Rennie Drive Airport Oaks Auckland 2022 Telephone: +64 9 256 7737
895189 / Version 06/2015 / Print 06/2015 © Christian Bürkert GmbH & Co. KG
sales.nz@burkert.com www.burkert.co.nz
Bürkert Sydney 15 Columbia Way Norwest Business Park Baulkham Hills NSW 2153 Bürkert Melbourne Suite 49, UniPark Building 4, 195 Wellington Road Clayton VIC 3168 Bürkert Brisbane Unit 5A, 88 Brandl Street Brisbane Technology Park Eight Mile Plains QLD 4113 Bürkert Perth Unit 8, 1st Floor 85 Reid Promenade Joondalup WA 6027 South Australia Innovation House First Avenue Mawson Lakes SA 5095